CMR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (Autonomous) … · 2020. 9. 12. · CMR COLLEGE OF...

B. Tech (CE) R-18

CMR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (Autonomous)

Kandlakoya, Hyderabad – 501 401

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS R 18

FOR CBCS & OUTCOME BASED B.TECH. REGULAR

PROGRAMMES (Effective for the students admitted into I year from the

Academic Year 2018-19 and onwards)

1.0 Under-Graduate Degree Programme in Engineering &

Technology

CMR College of Engineering & Technology, Hyderabad

offers 4 Years (8 Semesters) Bachelor of Technology

(B.Tech.) degree Programme, under Choice Based Credit

System (CBCS), with effect from the Academic Year 2018 -

19 and onwards, in the following Branches of Engineering.

S.No. Branch

I. Civil Engineering

II. Electrical and Electronics Engineering

III. Mechanical Engineering

IV. Electronics and Communication Engineering

V. Computer Science and Engineering

2.0 Admission Procedure

Admissions will be done as per the norms prescribed by the

Government of Telangana. The Government orders in vogue shall

prevail.

The candidate should have passed the qualifying examination

Intermediate or equivalent on the date of admission.

Seats in each program in the college are classified into Category–

A (70% of intake) and Category-B (30% of intake) besides

Lateral Entry. Category -A seats will be filled by the Convener,

TSEAMCET Admissions. Category - B seats will be filled by the

College as per the guidelines of the Competent

CMR College of Engineering & Technology


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Authority.

Lateral Entry seats for 20% of the candidates from the approved

strength of the course shall be admitted into the III Semester

directly based on the rank secured by the candidate in TSECET in

accordance with the guidelines from the Competent Authority.

2.5 The medium of instruction for the entire UG Degree Course in

Engineering & Technology (E&T) shall be ENGLISH only.

B.Tech. Degree Course Structure

The B.Tech. Programmes of CMR College of Engineering &

Technology are of semester pattern, with 8 Semesters constituting

4 Academic Years, each Academic Year having two Semesters

(First/Odd and Second/Even). Each Semester shall have a

minimum of 90 Instructional Days.

UGC/ AICTE specified Definitions/ Descriptions are adopted

appropriately for various terms and abbreviations used in these

Academic Regulations/ Norms, which are as listed below. The

Course Structure is organized based on the AICTE Model

Curriculum for Under-Graduate Degree Courses in Engineering &

Technology (Jan. 2018).

Semester Scheme:

Each UG Programme is of 4 Academic Years (8 Semesters),

with the year being divided into two Semesters of

minimum 90 Instructional days/Semester and in addition each

Semester having - ‘Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE)’ and

‘Semester End Examination (SEE)’. Choice Based Credit

System (CBCS) and Credit Based Semester System (CBSS) as

denoted by UGC, and Curriculum/ Course Structure as

suggested by AICTE are followed.

Course Credits:

The Courses are to be registered by a student in a

Semester to earn Credits. Credits shall be assigned to each

Course in a L: T: P: C (Lecture Periods: Tutorial Periods:

Practicals Periods : Credits) Structure, based on the

following general pattern.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

One Credit - for One hour/ Week/ Semester for Theory/ Lecture (L)/Tutorial Courses; and,

One Credit - for Two hours/ Week/ Semester for

Laboratory/ Practical (P) Courses

Other student activities like NCC, NSS, NSO, Induction

Program, Study Tour, Guest Lecture etc., and other Courses

identified as Mandatory Courses (MC) shall not carry Credits.

Course Classification:

All Courses offered for the UG Programme are broadly

classified as:

(a) Foundation Courses (Fn C)

(b) Core Courses (Co C)

(c) Elective Courses (Eℓ C)

- Foundation Courses (Fn C) are further categorized as :

i. HSMC (Humanities,Social Sciences and

Management Courses)

ii. BSC (Basic Science Courses)

iii. ESC (Engineering Science Courses)

- Core Courses (Co C) and Elective Courses (Eℓ C) are categorized as PS (Professional Subjects), which are further subdivided as –

i. PCC (Professional Core Courses)

ii. PEC (Professional Elective Courses)

iii. OEC (Open Elective Courses)

iv. PROJ (Project)

- Minor Courses (1 or 2 Credit Courses, belonging to HSMC/ BSC/ ESC/ PCC as per relevance); and

- Mandatory Courses (MC - Non-credit oriented).

Course Nomenclature:

The Curriculum Nomenclature or Course-Structure Grouping

for the each of the UG PROGRAMME E&T (B.Tech.

Degree Programmes), is as listed below:


B. Tech (CE) R-18

S.

No. Broad

Course

Classificat

i- on

Course

Group/

Category

Course Description Suggeste

d

Breakup

of Credits

by

AICTE(1

60) 1

Foundatio

n Courses

(Fn C)

BSC – Basic

Science

Courses

Includes -

Mathematics,

Physics and

Chemistry Subjects

25*

2 ESC - Engineering Science Courses

Includes

fundamental

engineering

subjects

24*

3 HSMC –

Humanities

and Social

Sciences

including

Management Courses

Includes subjects

related to

Humanities, Social

Sciences and

Management

12*

4 Core

Course

s (Co

C)

PCC–

Professional

Core

Courses

Includes core

subjects related to

the Parent

Discipline/

Department/ Branch

of Engg.

48*

5

Electiv

e

Course

PEC –

Professional

Elective

Courses

Includes Elective

subjects related to

the Parent

Discipline/

Department/ Branch

of Engg.

18*


B. Tech (CE) R-18

6 s (Eℓ

C)

OEC – Open

Elective

Courses

Elective subjects

which include inter-

disciplinary subjects

or subjects in an

area outside the

Parent Discipline/

Department/ Branch

of Engg.

18*

7

Core

Course

s

Project B.Tech. Project or

UG Project or UG

Major Project

15*

8 Industrial Training/ Mini- Project

Industrial Training/

Internship/ UG Mini- Project/ Mini-Project

9 Seminar Seminar/ Colloquium based on core contents


B. Tech (CE) R-18

related to Parent Discipline/

Department/ Branch

of Engg.

10 Mandatory Courses (MC)

Mandatory Courses (non-credit)

Nil

Total Credits for B. Tech. Programme 160

* Minor variation is allowed as per need of the respective disciplines.

Course Work

A student, after securing admission, shall pursue the B.Tech. UG

Programme in a minimum period of 4 Academic Years, and a

maximum period of 8 Academic Years (starting from the Date of

Commencement of I Year).

As suggested by AICTE, ‘Mandatory Induction Programme’ shall

be offered for all the Branches of Engineering at the start of the I

Year UG Degree Course, to enable the newly admitted students get

acquainted with the new professional environment, to develop

awareness and understanding of the engineering education

requirements, and to get them prepared for the academic

schedules ahead. The features, activities and pattern of the Induction

Programme shall be as per the guidelines suggested in the

AICTE Model Curriculum.

Each student shall Register for and Secure 160 Credits for the

completion of the UG Programme and the Award of the B.Tech.

degree in the respective branch of Engineering.

Course Registration

A ‘Faculty Advisor or Counselor’ shall be assigned to each

student, who will advise him about the UG Programme, its

Course Structure and Curriculum, Choice/Option for

Subjects/ Courses for the purpose of registration, based on his

competence, progress, pre-requisites and interest.

The Academic Section of the College invites ‘Registration

Forms’ from students apriorie (before the beginning of the

Semester), through ‘on-line submissions’, ensuring ‘DATE

and TIME Stamping’. The On-line Registration Requests for


B. Tech (CE) R-18

any ‘Current Semester’ shall be completed before the

commencement of SEEs (Semester End Examinations) of the

‘Preceding Semester’.

Students are advised to individually register for all the

number of credits indicated in that semester workload of

the respective UG Degree Course Structure - this is termed

as the ‘Semester Work Load’ (SWL).

A student can apply for ONLINE Registration, ONLY

AFTER obtaining the ‘WRITTEN APPROVAL’ from his

assigned Faculty Advisor, which should be submitted to

the College Academic/Examination Section through the Head

of the Department (a copy of the same is to be retained by

the Head of the Department, Faculty Advisor and the

student).

A student may be permitted to register for the courses in

a semester of his choice subject to para 5.4 with the typical

work load suggested in the course structure of that semester.

A student may register for courses over and above the courses

listed in the course structure of the semester with possible

additional courses of his choice, limited to a maximum of

3 Credits, based on his PROGRESS and SGPA/ CGPA, and

completion of the ‘PRE-REQUISITES’ as indicated for

various Subjects/ Courses in the Department Course

Structure and Syllabus contents.

The choice for the ‘additional’ Courses above the typical

SWL must be indicated clearly, which needs the specific

approval and signature of the Faculty Advisor/ Counselor

and the HoD on the hard-copy.

If the Student submits ambiguous choices or multiple

options or erroneous entries - during On-Line Registration

for the Course(s) under a given/ specified Course Group/

Category as listed in the Course Structure, only the first

mentioned Subject/ Course in that Category will be taken

into consideration, as applicable.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

The Course Options exercised through ‘ON-LINE’

Registration are final and CANNOT be changed; further,

alternate choices will also not be considered. However, if

the Course that has already been listed for Registration

(by the Head of Department) in a Semester and could not

be offered due to any unforeseen or unexpected reasons,

then the Student shall be allowed to have alternate choice

- either for a new Course (subject to offering of such a

Course), or for another existing Course (subject to

availability of seats), which may be considered. Such

alternate arrangements will be made by the Head of the

Department, with due notification and time-framed

schedule, within the FIRST WEEK from the

commencement of Class-work for that Semester.

Dropping of the Courses may be permitted ONLY AFTER

obtaining the prior approval from the Faculty Advisor

assigned and the Head of the department (subject to the

retaining of the SWL), ‘within 15 Days of Time’ from the

beginning of the current semester.

For Mandatory Courses like NCC/ NSS/ NSO etc., a

‘Satisfactory Participation Certificate’ from the concerned

authorities for the relevant Semester is essential. No Marks

or Grades or Credits shall be awarded for these activities.

Courses to be offered

A typical Section (or Class) Strength for each Semester shall

be 60.

An Elective course may be offered to the Students, ONLY IF a

Minimum of 20 Students (1/3 of the Section Strength) opt for

the same. The Maximum Strength of a Section is limited to 80 (60

+ 1/3 of the Section Strength).

More than one teacher may offer the same Course (Laboratory/

Practicals may be included with the corresponding Theory Course

in the same Semester) in any Semester. However, selection choice

for students will be based on - ‘first come first serve Basis

and CGPA Criterion’ (i.e., the first focus shall be on early on-line


B. Tech (CE) R-18

entry from the student for Registration in that Semester,

and the second focus, if needed, will be on CGPA of the

student). The decision of the Head of the department in this

regard is final.

If more entries for Registration of a course come into picture,

the Head of the Department shall decide on offering of such a

Course.

Attendance Requirements

A student shall be eligible to appear for the End Semester

Examinations, if he acquires a minimum of 75% of attendance

in aggregate of all the Courses (excluding Mandatory or Non-

Credit Courses) for that Semester.

Condoning of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10%

(65% and above, and below 75%) in each Semester may be

granted by the College Academic Committee on genuine

and valid medical grounds, based on the student’s

representation with supporting evidence. Provision of such

condonation is however limited to a maximum of 3 times

during the maximum permissible UG study period.

A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condoning of shortage

of attendance.

Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in NO

case be condoned.

Students, whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any

Semester, are not eligible to appear for End Examinations of that

Semester. Such students are detained and their registration for

that Semester shall stand cancelled. They will not be promoted

to the next Semester. They may seek re-registration for all

those Courses registered in that Semester in which they got

detained, by seeking re-admission for that Semester as and

when offered; in case if there are any Professional

Electives and/ or Open Electives, the same may also be re-

registered if offered, however, if those Electives are not

offered in later Semesters, then alternate Electives may be

chosen from the SAME set of Elective Courses offered

under that category.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Academic Requirements

The following Academic Requirements have to be satisfied,

in addition to the Attendance Requirements mentioned in

Item No.7.

A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the Academic

Requirements and earned the Credits allotted to each

Subject/ Course, if he secures not less than 35% marks

(25 out of 70 marks) in the End Semester Examination,

and a minimum of 40% of marks in the sum total of

the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE

(Semester End Examination) taken together; in terms of

Letter Grades, this implies securing ‘P’ Grade or above

in that Subject/ Course.

A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the Academic

Requirements and earned the Credits allotted to Technical

Seminars, if he secures not less than 40% of the total

marks to be awarded. The student would be treated as

failed, if he -

(i) does not present the technical Seminars as required

in the VI and VIII Semesters, or

(ii) Secures less than 40% of marks in Technical Seminar

Evaluations.

He may reappear once for each of the above evaluations,

when they are scheduled again; if he fails in such ‘one

reappearance’ evaluation also, he has to reappear for the

same in the next subsequent Semester, as and when it is

scheduled.

A Student will not be promoted from I Year to II Year,

unless he fulfils the Attendance and Academic

Requirements and secures a minimum of total 19 Credits

of I Year, from all the relevant regular and

supplementary examinations, whether he takes those

examinations or not.

A Student will not be promoted from II Year to III

Year, unless he fulfils the Attendance and Academic



B. Tech (CE) R-18

up to IV Semester, from all the relevant regular and



A Student will not be promoted from III Year to IV

Year, unless he fulfils the Attendance and Academic


up to VI Semester, from all the relevant regular and



A Student shall - register for all courses covering 160

credits as specified and listed (with the relevant Course

Classifications as mentioned) in the course structure, put

up all the Attendance and Academic requirements for 160

credits securing a minimum of ‘P’ Grade (Pass Grade) or

above in each Course, and ‘earn All 160 credits

securing SGPA 5.0 ( in each Semester), and CGPA

(at the end of each successive Semester) 5.0, to

successfully complete the UG Programme.

If a student registers for any ‘additional courses’ (in the

parent Department or other Departments/Branches of

Engg.) other than those listed Subjects totaling to 160

Credits as specified in the Course Structure of his

Department, the performances in those ‘additional Courses

’ (although evaluated and graded) shall not be taken into

account while calculating the SGPA and CGPA. For

such ‘additional Courses ’ registered, the % of marks and

the Letter Grade alone shall be indicated in the Grade

Card as a performance measure subject to the completion

of the Attendance and Academic Requirements as stated

under Clauses 7.0 and 8.1 – 8.7.

Students who fail to earn 160 credits as per the course

structure, and as indicated above, within 8 Academic

Years from the Date of Commencement of their I Year

shall forfeit their seats in B.Tech. Programme and their

admissions shall stand cancelled.

When a Student is detained due to shortage of attendance in

any Semester, he may re-register for that Semester, as and


B. Tech (CE) R-18

when offered, with the Academic Regulations of the Batch

into which he re-registers. However, no Grade

Allotments or SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for

that entire Semester in which he got detained.

When a Student is detained due to lack of Credits in any

year, he may re-register for the next year, after fulfilment

of the Academic Requirements, with the Academic

Regulations of the Batch into which he re-registers.

A student who is eligible to appear in the End Semester

Examination in any Course, but was absent for it or failed

(thereby failing to secure P Grade or above), may

reappear for that Course at the supplementary

examination as and when conducted. In such cases, his

Internal Marks (CIE) assessed earlier for that Course will

be carried over, and added to the Marks to be obtained

in the supplementary examination, for evaluating his

performance in that Course.

Evaluation - Distribution and Weightage of Marks

The performance of a student in each Semester shall be evaluated

Subject-wise (irrespective of Credits assigned) with a maximum

of 100 marks for Theory or Practicals or Seminar or

Drawing/Design or Minor Course or Major Project Phase-I or

Major Project Phase-II. These evaluations shall be based on CIE

(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End

Examination), and a Letter Grade corresponding to the % marks

obtained shall be given.

For Theory subjects 30 marks are allocated for Continuous

Internal Evaluation. Continuous Internal Evaluation during a

semester is based on two internal examinations conducted during

the semester. 70 marks are allocated for the Semester End

Examination SEE.

(a) Each internal examination consists of two parts, part-

A consisting of 5 short answer questions carrying two

marks each, Part-B consisting of 3 essay type

questions carrying 5 marks each with a total duration


B. Tech (CE) R-18

of 1 hour 40 minutes. The essay paper shall contain

one question from each unit with internal choice.

While the first internal examination shall be

conducted from 1 to 2.5 units of the syllabus, the

second internal examination shall be conducted on 2.5

to 5 units. Five (05) marks are allocated for

Assignment (as specified by the subject teacher

concerned). There will be two assignments in the

semester for each course consisting of 5 marks each.

The first Assignment should be submitted before the

conduct of the first internal examination and second

Assignment should be submitted before the conduct of

the second internal examination.

(b) The total marks secured by the student in each internal

examination are evaluated for 30 marks. The final

marks secured in internal evaluation by each candidate

are arrived at by giving a weightage of 70% to the best

secured internal examination and 30% weightage to

the least secured internal examination. A student who

is absent from any assignment/ internal examination

for any reason what so ever shall be deemed to have

secured ‘zero’ marks in the test/ examination and no

makeup test/ examination shall be conducted.

For Practical Subjects, there shall be a Continuous Internal

Evaluation (CIE) during the Semester for 40 internal marks,

and 60 marks are assigned for Laboratory/Practical End

Semester Examination (SEE). Out of the 40 marks for

internals, day-to-day work in the laboratory shall be

evaluated for 30 marks; and for the remaining 10 marks -

internal practical test shall be conducted by the concerned

laboratory teacher. For Practical Subjects, the end semester

examination SEE shall be conducted with an external examiner

and the laboratory teacher. The external examiner from other

institutions or industry shall be appointed by the Controller of

Examinations.

For the subjects having design and / or drawing, (such as


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Engineering Graphics, AutoCAD, Engineering Drawing,

Machine Drawing and Estimation etc.,) the internal evaluation

carries 40 marks (the distribution is 20 marks for day-to-day

work and 20 marks for internal examination) and 60 marks

shall be for end semester examination. There shall be two

internal examinations in a semester. The final marks secured by

each candidate in the internal evaluation is arrived at by giving

a weightage of 70% to the best secured internal examination

and 30% weightage to the least secured internal examination.

Open Electives (OE): Students have to choose One OE-I and

one OE-II during VII Semester, one OE-III and one OE-IV in

VIII Semester from the list of Open Electives given.

However, Students cannot opt for an Open Elective Course

offered by their own (parent) Department, if it is already

listed under any category of the Courses offered by parent

Department in any Semester. The Courses offered under

Open Electives in an academic year will be reviewed and

finalized by the College Academic Committee before the

commencement of the academic year.

There shall be a Mini-Project-I/ Internship-I, to be taken up in

the college or industry during the summer vacation after IV

Semester examination. The Mini-Project-I/ Internship-I shall be

evaluated during the V Semester. The Mini-Project-I/Internship-

I shall be submitted in a report form and should be presented

before a committee, which shall be evaluated for Satisfactory or

Non-satisfactory. The committee consists of Head of the

Department, the supervisor of Mini-Project-I/Internship-I, a

senior faculty member of the department.

There shall be a Mini-Project-II/ Internship-II, to be taken up in

the college or industry during the summer vacation after VI

Semester examination. The Mini-Project-II/ Internship-II shall

be evaluated during the VII Semester. The Mini-Project-II/

Internship-II shall be submitted in a report form and should be

presented before a committee, which shall be evaluated for

Satisfactory or Non-satisfactory. The committee consists of


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Head of the Department, the supervisor of mini project, a

senior faculty member of the department.

There shall be a Technical Seminar-I presentation in VI

Semester. For the Technical Seminar-I, the student shall collect

the information on a specialized topic related to his branch

other than Mini projects-I & II/ Internships-I & II/ Major

Projects Phase-I & II topic with due approval of the Head of

the department and prepare a technical report and submit to the

department. The presentation demonstrating understanding of

the topic and technical report shall be evaluated by a

Departmental committee consisting of the Head of the

department, Technical Seminar-I supervisor and a senior

faculty member from the department. The Technical seminar

will be evaluated for 100 marks. There shall be no SEE or

external examination for the Technical Seminar-I.

There shall be a Technical Seminar-II presentation in VIII

Semester. For the Technical Seminar-II, the student shall

collect the information on a specialized topic related to his

branch other than the Mini projects-I & II/ Internships-I & II/

Major Projects Phase-I & II topic with due approval of the

Head of the department and prepare a technical report and

submit to the department. The presentation demonstrating

understanding of the topic and technical report shall be

evaluated by a Departmental committee consisting of the Head

of the department, Technical Seminar-II supervisor and a

senior faculty member from the department. The Technical

Seminar-II will be evaluated for 100 marks. There shall be no

SEE or external examination for the Technical Seminar-II.

Each student shall start the Project Work during the VII

Semester as per the instructions of the Project Guide/

Project Supervisor assigned by the Head of the Department.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

a) The Project Work shall be divided and carried out in 2 phases : Phase – I (Project-I) during VII Semester, and

Phase – II (Project-II) during VIII Semester, and the

student has to prepare two independent Project Work

Reports – one each during each phase. First Report shall

include the Project Work carried out under Phase – I, and

the Second Report (Final Report) shall include the Project

Work carried out under Phase – I and Phase – II put

together. Phase – I and Phase – II of the Project Work

shall be evaluated for 100 marks each.

b) Out of the total 100 marks allotted for each Phase of the

Project Work, 40 marks shall be for the Continuous Internal

Evaluation(CIE), and 60 marks shall be for the End

Semester Viva-voce Examination (SEE). The marks earned

under CIE for both Phases of the Project shall be

awarded by the Project Guide/Supervisor (based on the

continuous evaluation of student’s performance during the

two Project Work Phases/periods); and the marks earned

under SEE shall be awarded by the Project Viva-voce

Committee/ Board (based on the work carried out, report

prepared and the presentation made by the student at the

time of Viva-voce Examination).

c) For the Project Phase - I, the Viva-voce shall be

conducted at the end of the VII Semester, before the

commencement of the semester End Examinations, at the

Department Level by a Committee comprising of the HoD

or One Professor and Supervisor (no external examiner),

and the Project Phase – II Viva-voce (or Final Project Viva-

voce) shall be conducted by a Committee comprising of an

External Examiner, the Head of the Department and the

Project Supervisor at the end of the VIII Semester, before

the commencement of the semester End Examinations. The

External Examiner shall be nominated by the CoE from

the panel of 3 names of external faculty members

(Professors or Associate Professors outside the College)

submitted by the HoD.

d) If a student does not appear for any of the two Viva-

Voce examinations at the scheduled times as specified


B. Tech (CE) R-18

above, he may be permitted to reappear for Project Phase-I

and/or Project Phase-II Viva-voce examinations, as and

when they are scheduled in that semester; if he fails in

such ‘one reappearance’ evaluation also, he has to reappear

for the same in the next subsequent semester(s), as and

when they are scheduled, as supplementary candidate. For

the registration of Project Phase-II the student must have passed

Project Phase-I.

For NSS/ NSO Mandatory Courses and/or any other

Mandatory Non-Credit Course offered in a semester, a

‘Satisfactory Participation Certificate’ shall be issued to the

student from the authorities concerned, only after meeting the

minimum attendance requirements in the Course. No Marks or

Letter Grade shall be allotted for the Mandatory Courses.

10. 0. Semester End Examination (SEE)

Theory Courses

The end semester examination will be conducted for 70 marks

which consist of Part-A and Part-B. The examination is for 3

hours duration. Question paper pattern is as follows.

Part-A: 20 Marks

There shall be 10 questions each carrying 2 Marks. (Two

questions from each Unit)

Part-B: 50 Marks

There shall be 10 questions out of which 5 questions (Internal

choice within a unit i.e. two questions from each unit out of

which one question to be answered) are to be answered, each

question carry 10 marks.

Laboratory Courses

Each laboratory course is evaluated for 60 marks. The

examination shall be conducted by the laboratory teacher and

one external examiner appointed by the Controller of

Examinations from other institutions or industry in consultation

with the Head of the Department.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Supplementary Examinations

The schedule for supplementary examinations shall be as

notified by the institute from time to time.

For NCC/ NSS/ NSO types of Courses, and/or any other

Mandatory Non-Credit Course offered in a Semester, a

‘Satisfactory Participation Certificate’ shall be issued to

the Student from the concerned authorities, only after

meeting minimum attendance requirements in the Course.

No marks or Letter Grade shall be allotted for these

activities and it will not be part of calculation of CGPA.

Grading Procedure

Marks will be awarded to indicate the performance of each

student in each Theory Course, or Laboratory Course, or

Technical Seminar, or Project etc., based on the % marks

obtained in CIE + SEE (Continuous Internal Evaluation +

Semester End Examination). As a measure of the student’s

performance, a 10-point Absolute Grading System using

the following Letter Grades (UGC Guidelines) and

corresponding percentage of marks shall be followed …

% of Marks Secured

(Class Intervals)

Letter Grade

(UGC Guidelines)

Grade

Points

100% or below but not less than 85% ( 85% , <= 100% )

O

(Excellent)

10

Below 85% but not less than 70%

( 70% , < 85% )

A

(Very Good)

9


( 60% , < 70% )

B

(Good)

8


( 55% , < 60% )

C

(above Average)

7


( 50% , < 55% )

D

(Average)

6


( 40% , < 50% )

P

(Pass)

5

Below 40% ( < 40% )

F

(FAIL)

0


B. Tech (CE) R-18

11.2 A student obtaining F Grade in any Subject shall be

considered ‘failed’ and will be required to reappear as

‘Supplementary Candidate’ in the Semester End

Examination (SEE), as and when offered. In such

cases, his Internal Marks (CIE Marks) in those

Subject(s) will remain same as those he obtained earlier.

A Letter Grade does not imply any specific % of Marks.

In general, a student shall not be permitted to repeat

any Course(s) only for the sake of ‘Grade Improvement’

or ‘SGPA/ CGPA Improvement’. However, he has to

repeat all the Courses pertaining to that Semester, when

he is detained (as listed in Items 8.10- 8.11).

A student earns Grade Point (GP) in each Course, on

the basis of the Letter Grade obtained by him in that

Course (excluding Mandatory non-credit Courses). Then

the corresponding ‘Credit Points’ (CP) are computed by

multiplying the Grade Point with Credits for that

particular Course.

Credit Points (CP) = Grade Point (GP) x Credits …. For a Course

The Student passes the Course only when he gets GP

5 (P Grade or above).

The Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated

by dividing the Sum of Credit Points (CP) secured

from ALL Courses registered in a Semester, by the Total

Number of Credits registered during that Semester.

SGPA is rounded off to TWO Decimal Places. SGPA is thus

computed as

SGPA = { } / { } …. For each Semester,

where ‘i’ is the Course indicator index (takes into

account all Courses in a Semester), ‘N’ is the no. of

Courses ‘REGISTERED’ for the Semester (as

specifically required and listed under the Course Structure

of the parent Department), is the no. of Credits

allotted to the ith

Course, and represents the


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Grade Points (GP) corresponding to the Letter Grade

awarded for that ith

Course.

The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) is a measure

of the overall cumulative performance of a student over all

Semesters considered for registration. The CGPA is the ratio

of the Total Credit Points secured by a student in ALL

registered Courses in ALL Semesters, and the Total

Number of Credits registered in ALL the Semesters. CGPA is

rounded off to TWO Decimal Places. CGPA is thus

computed from the I Year Second Semester onwards, at

the end of each Semester, as per the formula

CGPA={ } / { }… for all S Semesters registered

(ie., upto and inclusive of S Semesters, S 2 ),

Where ‘M’ is the Total no. of Courses (as specifically

required and listed under the Course Structure of the

parent Department) the Student has ‘REGISTERED’ from

the 1st Semester onwards up to and inclusive of the

Semester S ( obviously M > N ), ‘j’ is the Course

indicator index (takes into account all Courses from 1 to

S Semesters), is the no. of Credits allotted to the

jth

Course, and represents the Grade Points (GP)

corresponding to the Letter Grade awarded for that jth

Course. After registration and completion of I Year I

Semester however, the SGPA of that Semester itself

may be taken as the CGPA, as there are no cumulative

effects.

For Merit Ranking or Comparison Purposes or any other

listing, ONLY the ‘ROUNDED OFF’ values of the

CGPAs will be used.

For Calculations listed in Item 11.5– 11.8, performance in

failed Courses (securing F Grade) will also be taken into

account, and the Credits of such Courses will also be

included in the multiplications and summations. However,

Non-Courses will not be taken into consideration.

Passing Standards:

A student shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in a

Semester, only when he gets a SGPA 5.00 (at the end


B. Tech (CE) R-18

of that particular Semester); and a student shall be

declared successful or ‘passed’ in the entire UG

PROGRAMME, only when he gets a CGPA 5.00;

subject to the condition that he secures a GP 5 (P

Grade or above) in every registered Course in each

Semester (during the entire UG PROGRAMME) for the

Degree Award, as required.

A Student shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in any

Non-Credit Course, if he secures a ‘Satisfactory Participation

Certificate’ for that Mandatory Course.

After the completion of each Semester, a Grade Card or Grade

Sheet (or Transcript) shall be issued to all the Registered Students

of that Semester, indicating the Letter Grades and Credits

earned. It will show the details of the Courses Registered

(Course Code, Title, No. of Credits, Grade Earned etc.), Credits

earned, SGPA, and CGPA.

13.0. Declaration of Results

13.1 Computation of SGPA and CGPA are done using the

procedure listed in 11.5 – 11.9.

13.2. For Final % of Marks equivalent to the computed final

CGPA, the following formula may be used …

% of Marks = (final CGPA – 0.5) x 10

14.0. Award of Degree

14.1 A Student who registers for all the specified Courses as

listed in the Course Structure, satisfies all the Course

Requirements, and passes all the examinations prescribed

in the entire UG E&T Programme (UG PROGRAMME),

and secures the required number of 160 Credits (with

CGPA 5.0), within 8 Academic Years from the Date

of Commencement of the First Academic Year, shall be

declared to have ‘QUALIFIED’ for the Award of the

B.Tech. Degree in the chosen Branch of Engineering as

selected at the time of Admission.

A Student who qualifies for the Award of the Degree as listed in

Item 14.1, shall be placed in the following Classes …


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(a) Students with final CGPA (at the end of the UG

PROGRAMME) 8.00, and fulfilling the following

conditions -

(i) should have passed all the Courses in ‘FIRST

APPEARANCE’ within the first 4 Academic Years

(or 8 Sequential Semesters) from the Date of

Commencement of his First Academic Year,

(ii) should have secured a CGPA 8.00, at the end

of each of the 8 Sequential Semesters, starting from

the I Year I Semester onwards,

(iii) should not have been detained or prevented from

writing the End Semester Examinations in any

Semester due to shortage of attendance or any other

reason, shall be placed in ‘FIRST CLASS with

DISTINCTION’.

(b) Students having final CGPA (at the end of UG

PROGRAMME) 8.00 , but not fulfilling the above

conditions shall be placed in ‘FIRST CLASS’.

(c) Students with final CGPA (at the end of the UG

PROGRAMME) 6.50 but < 8.00, shall be placed in

‘FIRST CLASS’.

(d) Students with final CGPA (at the end of the UG

PROGRAMME) 5.50 but < 6.50, shall be placed in

‘SECOND CLASS’.

(e) All other Students who qualify for the Award of the

Degree (as per Item 14.1), with final CGPA (at the end

of the UG PROGRAMME) 5.00 but < 5.50, shall be

placed in ‘PASS CLASS’.

A student with final CGPA (at the end of the UG

PROGRAMME) < 5.00 will not be eligible for the Award of

the Degree.

Students fulfilling the conditions listed under Item 14.2(a) alone

will be eligible candidates for - ‘College Rank’ and ‘Gold

Medal’ considerations.

15.0. Withholding of Results


B. Tech (CE) R-18

15.1 If the student has not paid fees to College at any stage,

or has pending dues against his name due to any reason

whatsoever, or if any case of indiscipline is pending

against him, the result of the student may be withheld,

and he will not be allowed to go into the next higher

Semester. The Award or issue of the Degree may also

be withheld in such cases.

Transitory Regulations

Student who has discontinued for any reason, or has been

detained for want of attendance or lack of required

credits as specified, or who has failed after having

undergone the Degree Programme, may be considered

eligible for re-admission to the same Courses (or equivalent

Courses, as the case may be), and same Professional

Electives/ Open Electives (or from set/category of

Electives or equivalents suggested, as the case may be)

as and when they are offered (within the time-frame of

8 years from the Date of Commencement of his I Year

I Semester).

Student Transfers

There shall be no Branch transfers after the completion of

Admission Process.

Transfer of candidates from other Institutions will be governed by

the regulations of Telangana State Government issued from time

to time.

Scope

i) Where the words “he”, “him”, “his”, occur in the write- up of regulations, they include “she”, “her”, “hers”.

ii) Where the words “Subject” or “Subjects”, occur in these regulations, they also imply “Course” or “Courses”.

iii) The Academic Regulations should be read as a whole, for the purpose of any interpretation.

iv) In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the decision of the Vice-Chancellor/ Principal is final.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

v) The College may change or amend the Academic Regulations, Course Structure or Syllabi at any time, and

the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all Students with effect from the dates notified by

the College Authorities.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR B. TECH. (LATERAL

ENTRY SCHEME)

(Applicable for the students admitted into II year B. Tech. (Lateral

Entry Scheme) from the Academic Year 2019-20 and onwards)

1. Eligibility for award of B. Tech. Degree (LES)

The LES candidates shall pursue a course of study for not

less than three academic years and not more than six academic

years.

The candidate shall register for 122 credits and secure 122 credits

from II to IV year B.Tech. Program (LES) for the award of

B.Tech. Degree. They are exempted from the courses of I year

offered to regular entry students.

The students, who fail to fulfill the requirement for the award of

the degree in 6 consecutive academic years from the year of

admission, shall forfeit their seats.

The attendance regulations of B. Tech. (Regular) shall be

applicable to B.Tech. (LES).

2. Promotion Rule

A student shall be eligible for promotion in B.Tech programme,

if he/she acquires the minimum number of credits as given

below:

A student shall be promoted from II Year to III Year only if

he/she fulfills the academic requirements of 24 credits out of 41

credits (60% of average credits) up to II year II Semester, from

all the examinations, whether or not the candidate takes the

examinations.

A student shall be promoted from III year to IV year only if

he/she fulfills the academic requirements of 49 credits out of

83 credits (60% of average credits) up to III Year II Semester

from all the examinations, whether or not the candidate takes the

examinations.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

A student shall register and put up minimum attendance in all

122 credits and earn all 122 credits to be eligible for the award

of degree.

Students who fail to earn 122 credits as indicated in the course

structure within six academic years from the year of their

admission shall forfeit their seat in B.Tech. Course and their

admission stands cancelled.

3. Award of Class

All the other regulations as applicable to B. Tech. 4-year degree course (Regular) will hold good for B.Tech. (Lateral Entry Scheme).

MALPRACTICE RULES

Disciplinary Action for Malpractices/Improper Conduct in

Examinations

Nature of Malpractices/ Improper conduct

Punishment

1.(a) Possesses or keeps

accessible in examination

hall, any paper, note book,

programmable

calculators, Cell phones,

pager, palm computers or

any other form of material

concerned with or related

to the subject of the

examination (theory or

practical) in which he is

appearing but has not

made use of (material

shall include any marks

on the body of the

candidate which can be used as an aid in the subject of the examination)

Expulsion from the examination

hall and cancellation of the

performance in that subject only.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(b) Gives assistance or

guidance or receives it

from any other candidate

orally or by any other

body language methods

or communicates through

cell phones with any

candidate or persons in or outside the exam hall



performance in that subject only

of all the candidates involved. In

case of an outsider, he will be

handed over to the police and a

case is registered against him.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

in respect of any matter.

2. Has copied in the

examination hall from any

paper, book,

programmable calculators,

palm computers or any

other form of material

relevant to the subject of

the examination (theory or

practical) in which the

candidate is appearing.



performance in that subject and all

other subjects the candidate has

already appeared including

practical examinations and project

work and shall not be permitted to

appear for the remaining

examinations of the subjects of

that Semester/year. The Hall

Ticket of the candidate is to be cancelled.

3. Impersonates any other

candidate in connection

with the examination.

The candidate who has

impersonated shall be expelled

from examination hall. The

candidate is also debarred and

forfeits the seat. The performance

of the original candidate Who has

been impersonated, shall be

cancelled in all the subjects of

the examination (including

practicals and project work)

already appeared and shall not be

allowed to appear for

examinations of the

Remaining subjects of that

semester/year. The candidate is

also debarred for two consecutive

semesters from class work and all

end semester examinations. The

continuation of the course by the

candidate is subject to the

academic regulations in

connection with forfeiture of seat.

If the imposter is an outsider, he

will be handed over to the police and a case is registered against him.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

4. Smuggles the answer book

or additional sheet or takes

out or arranges to send out

the question paper during

the examination or answer

book or additional sheet,

during or after the

examination


hall and cancellation of

performance in that subject and

all the other subjects the

candidate has already appeared

including practical examinations

and project work and shall not be

permitted for the remaining

examinations of the subjects of that semester/year. The candidate is also debarred for two


B. Tech (CE) R-18

consecutive semesters from class work and all end semester

Examinations. The continuation

of the course by the candidate is

subject to the academic

regulations in connection with forfeiture of seat.

5. Uses objectionable, abusive

or offensive language in the

answer paper or in letters to

the examiners or writes to

the examiner requesting him

to award pass marks

Cancellation of the performance

in that subject


B. Tech (CE) R-18

6. Refuses to obey the orders

of the

Chie

f

Superintendent/Assistant–

Superintendent / any officer

on duty or misbehaves or

creates disturbance of any

kind in and around the or

organizes a walk out or

instigates others to

examination hall walk out,

or threatens the officer- in-

charge or any person on duty

in or outside the

examination hall of any

injury, to his person or to

any of his relations whether

by words, either spoken or

written or by signs or by

visible representation,

assaults the officer- in-

charge, or any person on

duty in or outside the

examination hall or any of

his relations, or indulges in

any other act of

misconduct or mischief

which result in

damage to or destruction of

property in the examination

hall or any part of the

College campus or engages

in any other act which in the

opinion of the officer on

duty amounts to use of

unfair means or misconduct

or has the tendency to

disrupt the orderly conduct of the examination.

In case of students of the college,

they shall be expelled from

examination halls and cancellation

of their performance in that

subject and all other subjects the

candidate(s) has (have) already

appeared and shall not be

permitted to appear for the

remaining examinations of the

subjects of that semester/year. The

candidates are also debarred and

forfeit their seats. In case of

outsiders, they will be handed

over to the police and a police

case is registered against them.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

7. Leaves the exam hall taking

away answer script or

intentionally tears of the

script or any part thereof

inside or outside the

examination hall.


hall and cancellation of

performance in that subject and

all the other subjects the

candidate has already appeared

including practical examinations


permitted for the remaining


that semester/year. The candidate

is also debarred for two

consecutive semesters from class

work and all University

examinations. The continuation of

the course by the candidate is

subject to the academic regulations

in connection with forfeiture of seat.

8. Possess any lethal weapon or

firearm in the examination

hall.



performance in that subject and all

other subjects the candidate has

already appeared including


work and shall not be permitted

for the remaining examinations of

the subjects of That semester/year. The candidate is also debarred and forfeits the seat.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

9. If student of the college,

who is not a candidate for

the particular examination or

any person not connected

with the college indulges in

any malpractice or improper

conduct mentioned in clause

6 to 8.

If the student belongs to the

college, expulsion from the

examination performance in that

subject and all other subjects shall

and cancellation of the candidate

has already appeared including


work and shall not be permitted

for the remaining examinations of

the subjects of that semester/year.

The candidate is also debarred and

forfeits the seat. Person(s) who do not belong to the College will be handed over to police and, a police case will be registered against them.

10. Comes in a drunken

condition to the

examination hall.

Expulsion from the examination hall and cancellation of the performance in that subject and all other subjects the


B. Tech (CE) R-18

candidate has already appeared including practical examinations


permitted for other remaining


that semester/year.

11. Copying detected on the

basis of internal evidence,

such as, during valuation or

during special scrutiny.

Cancellation of the performance

in that subject and all other

subjects the candidate has

appeared including practical examinations and project work of that semester/year.

12. If any malpractice is

detected which is not

covered in the above clauses

1 to 11 shall be reported to

the College Academic

Committee for further action

to award suitable punishment.

Malpractices identified by squad or special invigilators

Punishments to the candidates as per the above guidelines.

Malpractice identified at Spot center during valuation

1) The following procedure is to be followed in the case of

malpractice cases detected during valuation, scrutiny etc. at

spot center. Malpractice is detected at the spot valuation. The

case is to be referred to the malpractice committee.

Malpractice committee will meet and discuss/question the

candidate and based on the evidences, the committee will

recommend suitable action on the candidate.

2) A notice is to be served to the candidate(s) involved through the

Principal to his address and to the candidate(s) permanent

address regarding the malpractice and seek explanations.

3) The involvement of staff who are in charge of conducting


B. Tech (CE) R-18

examinations, invigilators valuing examination papers and

preparing / keeping records of documents relating to the

examinations in such acts (inclusive of providing in correct or

misleading information) that infringe upon the course of natural


B. Tech (CE) R-18

justice to one and all concerned at the examinations shall be

viewed seriously and recommended for award of appropriate

punishment after thorough enquire.

4) Based on the explanation and recommendation of the committee

action may be initiated.

5) Malpractice committee:

(a) Controller of Examinations Chairman

(b) Assistant Controller of Evaluation Member

(c) Chief Examiner of the Course/

Subject Expert Member

(d) Concerned Head of the Department Member

(e) Concerned Invigilator Member

********


B. Tech (CE) R-18

CMR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

(Autonomous)

Department of Civil Engineering

Institute Vision:

To be a premier academic institution striving continuously for

excellence in technical education, research and technological services

to the nation.

Institute Mission:

1. Create and sustain a community of learning in which students acquire knowledge and learn to apply it professionally with a concern for the society.

2. Pursue and disseminate research findings and offer knowledge-

based technological services to satisfy the needs of society and

the industry.

3. Promote professional ethics, leadership qualities and social

responsibilities.

Department Vision:

To evolve as a centre of academic excellence and advanced research in

Civil engineering and related areas.

Department Mission:

To inculcate students with profound understanding of fundamentals

related to discipline, attitudes, skills and their application in solving

real world problems, with an inclination towards societal issues and

research.

Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs)

PEO1: Excel in their professional career and higher education in their

relative fields.

PEO2: Exhibit professionalism through leadership, communication

skills and team work.

PEO3: Adapt to emerging trends for sustained growth and exhibit

social responsibility and professional ethics.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Programme Outcomes (POs)

PO1: Ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and

engineering for solving complex engineering problems.

PO2: Ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze

and interpret data to reach substantiated conclusions.

PO3: Ability to design a system, component, or process to meet

desired needs within realistic constraints such as economic,

environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety,

manufacturability, and sustainability.

PO4: Ability to use research-based knowledge and research methods

including design of experiments to provide valid conclusions.

PO5: Ability to learn and apply appropriate modern tools for

engineering solutions.

PO6: Ability to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues

and the consequent responsibilities and follow them in

professional practice.

PO7: Ability to understand the impact of the professional practices on

environment, society and its sustainable development.

PO8: Ability to understand professional and ethical responsibilities.

PO9: Ability to function an individual and in multidisciplinary teams.

PO10: Ability to communicate effectively.

PO11: Ability to understand engineering and management principles

and apply them to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a

team, to manage projects.

PO12: Ability to engage in lifelong learning.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

B.Tech (Civil Engineering) Course Structure R-18

I SEMESTER

S.NO CODE SUBJECT CAT L T P C

1 A30004 Linear Algebra and Calculus BSC 3 1 0 4

2 A30008 Engineering Physics BSC 3 1 0 4

3 A30311 Engineering Mechanics ESC 3 1 0 4

4 A30312 Engineering Graphics ESC 1 0 4 3

5 A30010 Engineering Physics Lab BSC 0 0 3 1.5

6 A30505 Basic Internet of Things Lab ESC 0 0 2 1

7 A30020 Introduction to Social Innovation HSMC 0 0 2 1

10 3 11 18.5

II SEMESTER


1 A30001 English HSMC 2 0 0 2

2 A30005 ODEs and Multivariable Calculus BSC 3 1 0 4

3 A30011 Engineering Chemistry BSC 3 0 0 3

4 A30501 Programming for Problem Solving ESC 3 0 0 3

5 A30002 English Language Communication Skills

Lab HSMC 0 0 3 1.5

6 A30012 Engineering Chemistry Lab BSC 0 0 3 1.5

7 A30502 C Programming Lab ESC 0 0 3 1.5

8 A30314 Engineering Workshop ESC 0 0 3 1.5

9 A30019 Engineering Exploration & Practice BSC 0 0 3 1.5

11 1 15 19.5

III SEMESTER


1 A30101 Strength of Materials I PCC 2 1 0 3

2 A30102 Fluid Mechanics PCC 2 1 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

3 A30103 Surveying & Geomatics PCC 3 0 0 3

4 A30104 Engineering Materials & Geology PCC 3 0 0 3

5 A30105 Building Construction, Planning and

Drawing PCC 2 0 2 3

6 A30226 Basic Electrical and Electronics

Engineering ESC 2 0 0 2

7 A30106 Surveying Lab I PCC 0 0 3 1.5

8 A30107 Strength of Materials Lab PCC 0 0 3 1.5

9 A30021 Social Innovation in Practice HSMC 0 0 2 1

10 A30014 Environmental Sciences MC 2 0 0 0

16 2 10 21

IV SEMESTER


1 A30007 Numerical Techniques & Probability

Distributions BSC 3 1 0 4

2 A30108 Strength of Materials-II PCC 2 1 0 3

3 A30109 Hydraulics and Hydraulics Machinery PCC 3 0 0 3

4 A30110 Environmental Engineering PCC 2 0 0 2

5 A30111 Concrete Technology PCC 2 0 0 2

6 A30112 Structural Analysis- I PCC 2 1 0 3

7 A30113 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics

Machinery Lab PCC 0 0 3 1.5

8 A30114 Surveying Lab-II PCC 0 0 3 1.5

9 A30016 Gender Sensitization MC 0 0 2 0

15 2 8 20

V SEMESTER


1 A30013 Business Management & Financial

Analysis HSMC 4 0 0 4

2 A30115 Design and Drawing of RCC Structures PCC 2 0 2 3

3 A30116 Geotechnical Engineering PCC 3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

4 A30117 Transportation Engineering-I PCC 3 0 0 3

5 A30118 Structural Analysis -II PCC 3 0 0 3

Professional Elective -1 PEC 3 0 0 3

7 A30119 Concrete Technology Lab PCC 0 0 3 1.5

8 A30120 Highway Material & Engineering

Geology lab PCC 0 0 3 1.5

9 A30022 NCC/NSS MC 0 0 2 0

10 A30121 Mini Project - I MC

During the Summer

Vacation / Non

Credit

11 A30122 Internship-I MC

During the Summer

Vacation / Non

Credit

18 0 10 22

VI SEMESTER


1 A30123 Design and Drawing of Steel Structures PCC 2 0 2 3

2 A30124 Foundation Engineering PCC 2 1 0 3

3 A30125 Estimation and Costing PCC 3 0 0 3

4 A30126 Water Resource Engineering -I PCC 3 0 0 3

Professional Elective II PEC 3 0 0 3

7 A30003 Advanced English Communication Skills

Lab HSMC 0 0 3 1.5

8 A30127 Geotechnical Engineering Lab PCC 0 0 3 1.5

9 A30128 Technical Seminar-I PW 2 0 0 2

10 A30017 Indian Constitution MC 2 0 0 0

11 A30018 Essence of Indian Traditional Knowledge MC 2 0 0 0

22 1 8 23

VII SEMESTER


1 Professional Elective - III PEC 3 0 0 3

2 Professional Elective- IV PEC 3 0 0 3

3 Professional Elective - V PEC 3 0 0 3

4 Open Elective: I OEC 3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

5 Open Elective: II OEC 3 0 0 3

7 A30129 Computer Aided Designing and Drafting PCC 0 0 3 1.5

8 A30130 Environmental Engineering Lab PCC 0 0 3 1.5

9 A30131 Major Project Phase -I PW 0 0 6 3

10 A30132 Mini Project-II MC

During the Summer

Vacation / Non

Credit

11 A30133 Internship-II MC

During the Summer

Vacation / Non

Credit

15 0 12 21

VIII SEMESTER


1 Professional Elective-VI PEC 3 0 0 3

2 Open Elective: III OEC 3 0 0 3

3 Open Elective: IV OEC 3 0 0 3

4 A30134 Technical Seminar-II Proj 2 0 0 2

5 A30135 Major Project Phase -II Proj 0 0 14 7

11 0 14 18

TOTAL CREDITS 160


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Professional Elective-I

S.No Code Course Title CAT L T P C

1 A30140

Solid and Hazardous Waste

Management PEC

3 0 0 3 A30141 Industrial Waste Water Treatment PEC

A30142 Environmental Impact Assessment PEC

Professional Elective-II

2

A30143 Prestressed Concrete PEC

3 0 0 3 A30144 Design of Bridge Structures PEC

A30145 Elements of Earthquake Engineering PEC

Professional Elective-III

3

A30146 Irrigation Design and Drawing PEC

3 0 0 3 A30147 Irrigation and Hydraulic Structures PEC

A30148 Watershed Management PEC

Professional Elective-IV

4

A30149 Advanced Structural Design PEC

3 0 0 3 A30150

Finite Element Methods in Civil

Engineering PEC

A30151

Construction Technology and Project

management PEC

Professional Elective-V

5

A30152 Urban Transportation Planning PEC

3 0 0 3 A30153 Pavement Material Characterization PEC

A30154 Transportation Engineering-II PEC

OPEN ELECTIVE-I

S.No Code Course Title Cat L T P C

1 A30160 Disaster Management and Mitigation OE-I 3 0 0 3

2 A30161 Remote Sensing and GIS OE-I 3 0 0 3

3 A30258

Basics of Power Electronics and

Devices OE-I 3 0 0 3

4 A30252 Power Generation Systems OE-I 3 0 0 3

5 A30383 Fundamentals of Engineering Materials OE-I 3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

6 A30377 Basics of Thermodynamics OE-I 3 0 0 3

7 A30471

Principles of Electronic

Communications OE-I 3 0 0 3

8 A30472 Basic Electronics Engineering OE-I 3 0 0 3

9 A30554 Java Programming OE-I 3 0 0 3

10 A30531 Python Programming OE-I 3 0 0 3

11

C30161 Logistics and Supply Chain

Management OE-I 3 0 0 3

12 C30162 Knowledge Management OE-I 3 0 0 3

OPEN ELECTIVE-II

1 A30162 Green Buildings OE-II 3 0 0 3

2 A30163 Air Pollution and Control OE-II 3 0 0 3

3 A30259 Electrical & Hybrid Vehicles OE-II 3 0 0 3

4 A30260 Electrical Safety OE-II 3 0 0 3

5

A30357 Fundamentals of Manufacturing

Processes

OE-II

3 0 0 3

6

A30379 Fundamentals of Automobile

Engineering

OE-II

3 0 0 3

7 A30473 Image Processing OE-II 3 0 0 3

8 A30474 Digital Electronics OE-II 3 0 0 3

9

A30555 Introduction to Database Management

Systems OE-II 3 0 0 3

10 A30537 Data Analytics with R OE-II 3 0 0 3

11 C30163 Management of Industrial Relations OE-II 3 0 0 3

12 C30164 Entrepreneurship OE-II 3 0 0 3

Professional Elective-VI

6

A30155 Ground Water Development PEC

3 0 0 3 A30156 Geo-Environmental Engineering PEC

A30157 Ground Improvement Techniques PEC

OPEN ELECTIVE-III

1 A30164 Basic of Civil Engineering OE-III 3 0 0 3

2

A30165 Sustainability Concepts in Civil

Engineering

OE-III

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

3 A30255

Energy Efficiency in Electrical

Utilities OE-III 3 0 0 3

4 A30253 Fuel Cell Technology OE-III 3 0 0 3

5

A30382 Fundamentals of Mechanical

Engineering

OE-III

3 0 0 3

6 A30378 Waste to Energy OE-III 3 0 0 3

7 A30475 Data Communications OE-III 3 0 0 3

8 A30476 Microcontrollers & Applications OE-III 3 0 0 3

9 A30530 Artificial Intelligence OE-III 3 0 0 3

10 A30539 Ethical Hacking OE-III 3 0 0 3

11 C30165 Basics of Insurance & Taxation OE-III 3 0 0 3

12

C30166 Business Ethics & Corporate

Governance OE-III 3 0 0 3

OPEN ELECTIVE-IV

1

A30166 Environmental Protection and

Management

OE-IV

3 0 0 3

2 A30167 Alternate Building Materials OE-IV 3 0 0 3

3 A30256 Energy Auditing & Conservation OE-IV 3 0 0 3

4 A30257 Nano Technology OE-IV 3 0 0 3

5 A30358 Industrial Safety Engineering OE-IV 3 0 0 3

6 A30360 Work System Design OE-IV 3 0 0 3

7 A30477 Fundamentals Of Embedded Systems OE-IV 3 0 0 3

8 A30478 Sensors & Transducers OE-IV 3 0 0 3

9 A30538 Deep Learning OE-IV 3 0 0 3

10 A30556 Cyber Security OE-IV 3 0 0 3

11 C30167 Marketing Management OE-IV 3 0 0 3

12 C30168 Intellectual property rights OE-IV 3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

I SEMESTER

(A30004)LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS -I

(Common to all branches)

B.Tech (CE) I Semester

UNIT-I

Matrices and Linear System of Equations: Elementary row

transformations- Rank – Echelon form, Normal form- Solution of

linear systems, Eigen values, Eigen vectors- Properties, Cayley –

Hamilton theorem (qualitative)–Inverse and powers of a matrix by

Cayley-Hamilton theorem. Diagonalization of matrix, Linear

transformation- Orthogonal transformation.

UNIT-II

Differential Equations of First Order and their Applications: Over

view of differential equations – Exact, Linear and Bernoulli‘s

differential equations, Applications to Newton’s law of cooling, Law of

natural growth and decay, Orthogonal trajectories.

UNIT-III

Higher Order Linear Differential Equations: Linear differential

equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients. RHS

term of the type ( ) = ,sin ,cos , , , , Method of

variation of parameters.

UNIT-IV

Fourier Series: Determination of Fourier coefficients, Fourier series –

even and odd function, Fourier series in an arbitrary interval, Even and

odd periodic functions, Half-range Fourier sine and cosine expansions.

UNIT-V

Partial Differential Equations: Introduction and formation of partial

differential equation by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary

functions, Solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equation and non-

linear partial differential equations (Charpit’s method), Method of

separation of variables.

L

T

P

C

3 1 0 4


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Text Books

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics(9th

edition) by Erwin

Kreyszig John Wiley & Sons Publishers

2. Higher Engineering Mathematics(36th

edition) by B.S. Grewal,

Khanna Publishers.

3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics(3rd

edition) by R.K. Jain &

S.R.K. Iyengar, Narosa Publishing House, Delhi.

Reference Books

1. Differential Equations with Applications & Historical Notes (2nd

edition) by George F Simmons, Tata Mc.graw Hill Publishing Co.

Ltd.

2. Mathematics for Engineering and Scientists( 6th

edition) by Alan

Jeffrey, Chapman & Hall / CRC,2013

3. Engineering Mathematics – I by T.K.V. Iyengar, B. Krishna

Gandhi & Others, EditionS.Chand2013 Yr.

4. Engineering Mathematics – I by D.S. Chandrasekhar, Prison

Books Pvt. Ltd.

5. Engineering Mathematics – I by G. ShankerRao& Others I.K.

International Publications.

6. Applied Mathematics for Engineers & Physicists (3rd

edition) by

Pipes &Harvill , McGraw Hill Internation Book company.

Course Outcomes

On completion of the course students will be able to

1. Solve linear system by using various methods of matrices, find

eigenvalues, eigen vectors and diagonalization of a square matrix.

2. Understand the formation and evaluation of different differential

equations by various methods.

3. Solve higher order linear differential equations.

4. Find expansion of a given function by Fourier series

5. Solve various partial differential equations.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30008) ENGINEERING PHY

B.Tech(CE): I Semester

UNIT-I

Waves & Oscillations:Simple harmonic oscillators,Phasor representation of simple harmonic motion,Damped harmonic oscillator

– heavy, critical and light damping, Energy decay in a damped

harmonic oscillator, Quality factor, forced harmonic oscillations and

resonance, Mechanical and electrical oscillators-analogy between them,

Transverse wave on a string, the wave equation of a string (qualitative),

standing waves,longitudinal waves and the wave equation for them

(qualitative), acoustic waves and speed of sound(qualitative).

UNIT-II

Interference: Huygens’s principle, Superposition of waves and

interference of light, Interference due to division of wave front-

Young’s double slit experiment, Interference due to division of

amplitude- interference in thin films (reflected light), Newton’s rings-

determination of wavelength of light, Michelson’s interferometer

(qualitative).

Diffraction: Diffraction (definition), Distinctions between

Fraunhofer& Fresnel diffraction,Fraunhofer diffraction due to single

slit and Double Slit- Conditions for principle maxima -secondary

maxima and minima,Fraunhofer diffraction due to a grating -

Construction of diffraction grating - Rayleigh criterion of resolving

power- Resolving power of a grating.

UNIT-III

Lasers: Characteristics of lasers, Absorption, spontaneous and

stimulated emission of radiation, Einstein's coefficients and relation

between them, Population inversion, Lasing action,Ruby laser, Helium-

Neon laser, Semiconductor diode laser, Applications of lasers.

Fiber Optics: Principle of Optical fiber, Construction of optical fiber,

acceptance angle and acceptance cone, Numerical Aperture, Types of

optical fibers: Single and Multimode fibers, Step Index optical fibers&

Pulse dispersion (qualitative treatment) - Graded index optical fibers&

Pulse dispersion(qualitative treatment), Attenuation in optical fibers,

optical fiber communication, optical fiber sensors.

SICS

L

T

P

C

3 1 0 4


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT-IV

Dielectric Properties:Electric dipole, Dipole moment, Relative

permittivity, Polarization and polarizability, Electric susceptibility,

Displacement vector, Electronic andIonic polarization,Orientation

polarization (qualitative treatment),Internal fields in solids, Clausius–

Mossotti equation, Piezo electric and Pyro-electric materials,Ferro

electric materials.

Magnetic Properties:Permeability, Field intensity, Magnetic field

induction, Magnetization, Magnetic Permeability & Susceptibility,

Classification of Dia, Para,Ferro, Ferri and Anti-Ferro magnetic

materials on the basis of magnetic moment (qualitative treatment),

Explanation of Hysteresis curve on the basis of Domain theory of ferro

magnetism.

UNIT-V

Engineered materials :Origin of nanotechnology, Nano Scale, Surface

to Volume Ratio, Quantum Confinement, Practical examples of low

dimensional system such as Quantum wells, wires, dots, Fabrication –

Top down and Bottom –up approach (qualitatively) Characterization by

XRD & TEM, Applications.

Text Books

1. Engineering Physics by B.K. Pandey,S. Chaturvedi,Cengage

Learning India Pvt. Ltd.,1stEdition, 2012.

2. Engineering Physics by PK Palanisamy,SciTech Publications, 3rd

edition, 2015.

3. Vibrations and waves in physics by Ian G. Main,Cambridge

University press, 3rd

edition,1994.

References

1. The Physics of vibrations and wave by H.JohnPain,Wiley, 6th

edition, 2005.

2. Fundamentals of Physics by Halliday,R.Resnick and

J.Walker,John Wiley and Sons,6th

edition, 2001.

3. Mechanics of Particles, Waves & Oscillations by Anwar Kamal,

New Age International Ltd, 3rd

edition, 2004.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Course Outcomes


1. Compare different types of waves and harmonic oscillations.

2. Describe different phenomenon of optics.

3. Explain the basic concepts of lasers and optical fiber

characteristics.

4. Classify various polarization processes in solids & different

dielectric materials.Describe different types of magnetic

materials.

5. Describe basic principles of low dimensional Engineering

materials.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30311)ENGINEERING MECH

B.Tech (CE): I Semester

UNIT I

Introduction to Engineering Mechanics Force Systems, Basic concepts, Particle equilibrium in 2-D & 3-D;

Rigid Body Equilibrium; System of Forces, Coplanar Concurrent

Forces, Resultant- Moment of Forces and its Application; Couples and

Resultant of Force System, Equilibrium of System of Forces, Free

body diagrams, Equations of Equilibrium of Coplanar Systems.

UNIT II

Friction: Introduction, Types of Friction, Laws of Friction, Static and

Dynamic Friction.

Centroid and Centre of Gravity: Centroid of lines, areas and volumes

from first principle, Centroid of composite sections; Centre of Gravity

and its implications; Theorem of Pappus

UNIT III

Moment of Inertia: Area moment of inertia- Definition, Parallel Axis

theorem, Perpendicular Axis theorem, Moment of inertia of plane

sections from first principles, Theorems of moment of inertia, Moment

of inertia of standard sections and composite sections;

Mass moment inertia: Moment of inertia of masses-Transfer formula

for Mass Moment of Inertia, Mass Moment of circular plate, Cylinder,

Cone, Sphere, Hook.

UNIT IV

Review of particle dynamics

Rectilinear motion; Plane curvilinear motion (rectangular, path, and

polar coordinates). 3-D curvilinear motion; Relative and constrained

motion; Newton’s 2nd law (rectangular, path, and polar coordinates).

Work-kinetic energy, power, potential energy. Impulse-momentum

(linear, angular); Impact (Direct and oblique).

UNIT V

Introduction to Kinetics of Rigid Bodies

Basic terms, general principles in dynamics; Types of motion,

Instantaneous centre of rotation in plane motion and simple problems;

D’Alembert’s principle and its applications in plane motion and

ANIC

L

S

T

P

C

3 1 0 4


B. Tech (CE) R-18

connected bodies; Work energy principle and its application in plane

motion of connected bodies; Kinetics of rigid body rotation.

Text Books

1. Timoshenko, Stephen P., and Donovan Harold Young.

"Engineering mechanics." (1956).

2. Singer, Ferdinand Leon. Engineering mechanics. HarperCollins

Publishers, 1975.

Reference Books

1. Shames, Irving Herman, and G. Krishna Mohana Rao.

Engineering mechanics: statics and dynamics. Englewood Cliffs:

Prentice-Hall, 1967.

2. Meriam, James L., and L. Glenn Kraige. Engineering mechanics:

dynamics. Vol. 2. John Wiley & Sons, 2012.

3. McLean, William George, and Eric William Nelson. "Schaum's

outline of theory and problems of engineering mechanics, statics

and dynamics." (1978).

Course outcomes

Upon successful completion of the course, student should be able to:

1. Apply fundamental concepts of kinematics and kinetics of

particles to analyze Simple practical problems.

2. Apply basic knowledge of maths and physics to solve real-world

problems.

3. Explain measurement error, and propagation of error in processed

data.

4. Use basic kinematics concepts – displacement, velocity and

acceleration and their angular counterparts to solve related

problems.

5. Use basic dynamics concepts – force, momentum, work and

energy to solve related problems.

6. Apply Newton’s laws of motion for engineering problems.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30312)ENGINEERING GRAP


UNIT-I

Introduction to Engineering Drawing

Principles of Engineering Graphics and their significance, Usage Of

Drawing Instruments, Lettering, Conic sections (General method only);

Cycloid, Epi cycloid, Hypocycloid; Scales – Plain, Diagonal, Vernier.

UNIT-II

Orthographic Projections Principles of Orthographic Projections-

Conventions - Projections of Points and lines, Projections of plane

regular geometric figures.

UNIT-III

Projections of Regular Solids Projections of solids inclined to both the

Planes. Sections and Sectional Views of Right Angular Solids: Prism,

Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone.

UNIT-IV

Development of surfaces of Right Regular Solids - Prism, Pyramid,

Cylinder and Cone. Intersection of solids- Cylinder Vs Cylinder,

Cylinder Vs Prism.

UNIT-V

Isometric Projections Principles of Isometric projection – Isometric

Scale, Isometric Views, Conventions; Isometric Views of lines, Planes,

Simple and compound Solids; Conversion of Isometric Views to

Orthographic Views and Vice-versa, Conventions.

Text Books

1. Bhatt N.D., Panchal V.M. & Ingle P.R., (2014), Engineering

Drawing, Charotar Publishing House

2. Agrawal B. & Agrawal C. M. (2012), Engineering Graphics,

TMH Publication

HICS

L

T

P

C

1 0 4 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Reference Books

1. Narayana, K.L. & P Kannaiah (2008), Text book on Engineering

Drawing, Scitech Publishers

2. Shah, M.B. & Rana B.C. (2008), Engineering Drawing and

Computer Graphics, Pearson Education

Course Outcomes

On completion of the course students will be able to:

1. Apply the use of engineering curves in tracing the part of different

machine components.

2. Evaluate the concepts of projections and acquire knowledge of

visualization skills and convert it into pictorial representation.

3. Create and analyze the 3-D objects of machine components in real

world.

4. Explore and evaluate the internal architecture of product by

section and development of surfaces.

5. Create and imagine the solid and real objects in real world with

axonometric projection.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30010)ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB


(Any ten experiments compulsory)

1. Melde’s experiment – Transverse and longitudinal modes.

2. Determination of Rigidity modulus of a material - Torsional pendulum

3. L-C-R circuit.

4. Determination of velocity of ultrasonic waves.

5. Frequency of AC Supply- Sonometer

6. Magnetic field along the axis of current carrying coil – Stewart

and Gees method.

7. Energy gap of a material of p-n junction.

8. Wavelength of light –Diffraction grating using laser.

9. Determination of beam divergence of a given laser. 10. Bending losses of fibres & Evaluation of numerical aperture of a

given fibre.

11. Characteristics of a LED.

12. Characteristics of a photodiode.

13. Characteristics of a solar cell.

14. Determination of Planck’s constant using LED.

15. Determination of wavelength of a source – Diffraction Grating.

16. Newton’s Rings - Radius of curvature of plano convex lens.

17. Time constant of an R-C circuit.

Laboratory Manual

1. Laboratory Manual of Engineering Physics by Dr.Y.Aparna &

Dr.K.VenkateswaraRao (V.G.S Publishers).

Reference Book

1. "Fundamentals of Physics", 6th Ed., D. Halliday, R. Resnick and

J. Walker, John Wiley and Sons,Inc., New York, 2001

L T P C

0 0 3 1.5


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Course Outcomes


1. Explain the concept of oscillations and resonance.

2. Determine energy gap of a semiconductor diode, Planck’s

constant and magnetic fields.

3. Describe the characteristics of semiconductor devices

4. Design new experiments in engineering.

5. Evaluate the basic properties of lasers and optical fibers.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30505)BASIC INTERNET OF THI


Lab Requirements:

Raspberry Pi3 single board Computer, Android SDK,Eclipse IDE,

JDK1.8.

Week 1: Introduction to IoT

Definition of IoT

History of IoT

IoT Architecture

Enabling Technologies for IoT

Fundamental characteristics of IoT

Benefits and Applications ofIoT

Introduction to Basic Components

Basic Components

Breadboard

Relays

RC Servo

Push Button

DC Motor

Temperature Sensor

Buzzer

Photo resistor Diode

Potentiometer Resistors

LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes)

Jumper wires

Week 2: Programming in python

Introduction to Python

Python Installation

Understanding Python Basics

Using Arithmetic in your programs

Learning about Loops

Week 3: Platform Based Development – Raspberry Pi

Introduction to Raspberry Pi

NGS

L

LAB

T

P

C

0 0 2 1


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Why Raspberry Pi?

Setting up the Raspberry Pi

Python on Raspberry Pi

Week 4: Basic Experiments Level-1

Demonstration of the following Experiments

Experiment 1: Your First Circuit – To Blink an LED (Light Emitting

Diode)

Experiment 2: To Blink an RGB LED

Additional Experiments (optional)

Experiment 1: To read the temperature and display the same in serial

monitor. (use LM35 Temperature sensor)

Experiment 2: To make an LED glow when controller detects a button

pressed.

Week 5: Basic Experiments Level -2

Demonstration of the following Experiment

Experiment 1: To control an LED according to the range of analog

input sensed using photo resistor. (use Light Dependent

Resistor(LDR)


Experiment 1: To interface the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) with the

Arduino Uno to display the characters on the LCD.

Week 6: Basic Experiments Level -3

Demonstration of the following Experiment

Experiment1: To interface the Ultrasonic Sensor with the Arduino

Uno to determine the distance of an object from the

sensor.


Experiment1: To interface the Infrared sensor with the Arduino Uno

to sense the path is clear/indicate the presence of any

obstacles.

Week 7: Introduction to Android

Explain the structure of Android App.

Create Hello World application with Android.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Week 8

Create Application to change the Background Color and

Background Image

Explain simple User interface components in Android and

create simple Application

Week 9

Create an application that display color or image as

background when selected the radio buttons or checkboxes.

Create an Application to perform addition, Subtraction,

multiplication, division.

Week 10

Explain what activity, intent and its functions is.

Create an application with Android intent.

Week 11

Create a simple android application with the following event handlers.

On Click

On Key Down

On Focus changed

Week 12

Explain about Toast, Create Application with User defined

Toast Notifications.

Create login page by using login activity.

Reference books

1. ArshdeepBahga,VijayMadisetti, Internet of Things: A Hands-On

Approach, Orient Blackswan Private Limited - New Delhi; First

edition (2015).

2. John Horton, Android Programming for Beginners, PACKT

publications.

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course the student will be able to:

1. Identify and differentiate various components used in IoT

Architecture.

2. Write & execute programs in python programming language.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

3. Use python programming language to interface with raspberry. 4. Demonstrate the various real time applications using Raspberry

Pi.

5. Create and deploy mobile applications using android.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30020) INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL INNOVATION

B. Tech. (CE) I-Semester

L T P C

0 0 2 1

UNIT I

Community Study: Types and features of communities- Rural,

Suburban, Urban and regional, Service based learning, Aims of

community based projects, Community visits.

UNIT II

Social Innovation across Four Sectors: The four sectors – the non-

profit sector, public sector, the private sector, the informal sector, links

between and cross sectors.

UNIT III

Stages of Social Innovation: Social organizations and enterprises,

social movements, politics and government, markets, academia,

philanthropy, social software and open source methods, common

patterns of success and failure.

UNIT IV

Engineering Ethics: Introduction to ethics, moral values, significance

of professional ethics, code of conduct for engineers, identify ethical

dilemmas in different tasks of engineering, applying moral theories and

codes of conduct for resolution of ethical dilemmas.

UNIT V

Steps for Patent filing and Startups, poster presentation.

References

1. Social Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century: Innovation Across

the Non Profit, Private and Public Sectors; Georgia

LevensonKeohane; Tata McGraw Hill

2. Social Enterprises: An Organizational Perspective edited;

Benjamin Gidron, YeheskelHasenfeld; Palgrave Macmillan

3. Engineering Ethics: An Industrial Perspective ; Gail Baura;

Elsevier


B. Tech (CE) R-18

4. Intellectual Property and Financing Strategies for Technology

Startups; Gerald B. Halt, Jr., John C. Donch, Jr., Amber R. Stiles,

Robert Fesnak; Springer

5. Fundamentals of Intellectual Property (English) 1st Edition

(Paperback, Dr. Kalyan C. Kankanala) Publisher: Asia Law

House ISBN: 9789381849514, 938184951X Edition: 1st Edition,

2012.

6. Indian Patent Law (English, Paperback, Kalyan C. Kankanala)

Publisher: Oxford University Press- New Delhi, ISBN:

9780198089605, 0198089600 Edition: 2012.

Course Outcomes

On Completion of the course, the students will be able to

1. Illustrate the factors affecting social innovation

2. Illustrate the impact of social innovation in various sectors

3. Adopt the ethical values in doing innovation, which leads to

betterment of society.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

SEMESTER II

(A30001) ENGLISH

B.Tech (CE): II Semester L T P C

2 0 0 2

UNIT-I

Chapter entitled ‘Presidential Address’ Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam

from “Fluency in English” Published by Orient Black Swan,

Hyderabad.

Vocabulary: Word Formation: Prefixes, Suffixes and Compounds

Collocations. Root words from foreign languages and their use in

English, Acquaintance with prefixes and suffixes from foreign

languages in English to form derivatives, synonyms, antonyms, and

standard abbreviations.

UNIT-II

Basic Writing Skills: Sentence Structures, Use of phrases and clauses

in sentences, Importance of proper punctuation, Creating coherence,

Organizing principles of paragraphs in documents, Techniques for

writing precisely.

UNIT-III

Chapter entitled ‘Technology with a Human Face’ – E.F.

Schumacher from “Fluency in English” Published by Orient Black

Swan, Hyderabad.

Vocabulary: Commonly Confused Words, commonly Misspelled

Words.

Grammar: Tenses: Types and Uses.

Reading: Summaries and Abstracts.

Writing: Letter Writing: Writing covering letters for job applications,

writing a CV/Resume.

UNIT-IV

Chapter entitled ‘Good Manners’ by J.C.Hill from “Fluency in

English” Published by Orient Black Swan, Hyderabad.

Vocabulary: Idioms – One-word Substitutes

Grammar: Sequence of Tenses

Describing, Defining, Classifying.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT –V

Chapter entitled ‘Double Angels by David Scott from “Fluency in

English” Published by Orient Black Swan, Hyderabad.

Essay writing, Comprehension, Précis Writing.

Text Books

1. A Text book entitled “Fluency in English” Published by Orient

Black Swan, Hyderabad.

Reference Books

1. Practical English Usage. Michael Swan. OUP. 1995.

2. Remedial English Grammar. F.T. Wood. Macmillan.2007

3. On Writing Well. William Zinsser. Harper Resource Book. 2001

4. Study Writing. Liz Hamp-Lyons and Ben Heasly. Cambridge

University Press. 2006.

5. Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata. Oxford

University Press. 2011.

6. Exercises in Spoken English. Parts. I-III. CIEFL, Hyderabad.

Oxford University Press

Course Outcomes


1. Apply the Noun-Pronoun Agreement, Subject-Verb Agreement in

sentence formation.

2. Identify the Root Words from other Languages.

3. Describe the word formation in English language.

4. Employ Synonyms, Antonyms, Affixation and Acronyms in

writing and speaking correct English.

5. Compose essays and summaries in English. 6. Apply the time management skills to make best use of time

effectively.

7. Apply the public speaking skills in giving presentations and

speeches in English.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30005) ODEs AND MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS


B.Tech (CE): II Semester

L T P C

3 1 0 4

UNIT-I

Functions of Single & Several Variables: Rolle‘s

theorem,Lagrange‘s mean value theorem, Cauchy‘s mean value

theorem, Generalized mean value theorem (qualitative), Functions of

several variables - Functional dependence,Jacobian,Maxima and

minima offunctions of two variables with constraints

UNIT-II

Laplace Transform and its Applications to Ordinary Differential

Equations:Laplace transform of standard functions, Inverse transform-

First shifting theorem, Transforms of derivatives and integrals, Unit

step function Second shifting theorem, Dirac‘s delta function,

Convolution theorem, Periodic function, Differentiation and integration

of transforms. Application of Laplace transforms to solve ordinary

differential equations.

UNIT-III

Evaluation of improper integrals: Gamma and Beta Functions

andtheir properties (qualitative).

Multiple Integrals:Double integrals, Change of variables, Change of

order of integration and triple integrals.

UNIT-IV

Vector Differential Calculus: Scalar &vector point functions, Vector

differential operator,Gradient, Divergence, Curl, Directional

derivatives.

UNIT-V

Vector Integral Calculus & Vector Integral Theorems: Line

integral, Work done, Surface integrals, Volume integrals, Gauss’s

divergence theorem, Green’s theorem, Stoke’stheorem (qualitative)


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Text Books

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (9th

edition) by Erwin




Khanna Publishers.




Reference books

1. Differential Equations with Applications & Historical Notes (2nd

edition) by George F Simmons, Tata Mc.graw Hill Publishing Co.

Ltd.

2. Mathematics for Engineering and Scientists. Alan Jeffrey, 6th

Edi,

2013, Chapman & Hall / CRC

3. Engineering Mathematics – I by T.K.V. Iyengar, B. Krishna

Gandhi & Others, 2012 Yr. Edition S.Chand.

4. Engineering Mathematics – I by D.S. Chandrasekhar, Prison

Books Pvt. Ltd.

5. Engineering Mathematics – I by G. ShankerRao& Others I.K.


6. Applied Mathematics for Engineers & Physicists (3rd

edition) by


Course Outcomes


1. Verify mean value theorems, find maximum and minimum of

functions of several variables.

2. Apply Laplace transformations for solutions of ordinary

differential equations.

3. Evaluate improper & multiple integrals.

4. Evaluate Gradient, Divergence, Curl, Directional derivatives.

5. Evaluate multiple integrals for vectors, convert line integrals to

surface integrals and surface integrals to volume integrals.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30011)ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY


L T P C

3 0 0 3

UNIT-I

Molecular Structure and Theories of Bonding:

Introduction, Concept of atomic and molecular orbitals, Linear

combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO), Molecular orbitals of diatomic

molecules, Molecular orbital energy level diagrams of diatomic

molecules- N2, O2 and F2, molecular orbitals of butadiene and

benzene.

Crystal Field Theory (CFT): Salient features of CFT, Crystal field splitting patterns of transition

metal ion d-orbitals- tetrahedral, octahedral and square planar

complexes.

UNIT-II

Electrochemistry:

Introduction, Conductance- Specific conductance,

Equivalentconductance, Molar conductance and their inter relationship,

Numerical problems, Electrochemical cell, Electrode potential,

Standard electrode potential and E.M.Fof the cell, Nerns’t equation-

derivation and applications, Types of electrodes- Quinhydrone

electrode, Calomel electrode and Glass electrode. Electro chemical

series and its applications. Concept of concentration cells, Electrolytic

concentration cell and numerical problems, Batteries- primary (Lithium

cell), secondary (Lead acid storage battery and Lithium ion battery)

and Fuel cells(H2-O2and methanol-oxygen).

Corrosion:

Causes and effects of corrosion, Theories of chemical and

electrochemical corrosion, Mechanism of electrochemical corrosion,

Pilling-Bedworth rule, Types of corrosion- Galvanic, Waterline and

Pitting corrosion, Factors affecting rate of corrosion, Corrosion control

methods- Cathodic protection, Sacrificial anode and Impressed current

cathodic methods, Surface coatings- Metallic coatings, hot dipping,

galvanizing and tinning,Electroplating- Copper plating

andelectrolessplating - Nickel plating.

UNIT –III

Spectroscopic Techniques and Applications:

Principles of spectroscopy and selection rules, Applications of UV-


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Visible spectroscopy, Vibrational and rotational spectroscopy

(IRspectroscopy)-Applications, Nuclear magnetic resonance-Chemical

shift, Splitting pattern and Integration, Introduction to magnetic

resonance imaging.

UNIT-IV

Water Technology:

Sources of water, Impurities in water, Hardness of water, Temporary

and permanent hardness, Units of hardness, Estimation of temporary

and permanent hardness of water, EDTA method, Numerical

problems, Potable water treatment-Specifications, Steps involved in

treatment-Sedimentation, Coagulation, Filtration, Sterilization,

Desalination of Brackish Water, Reverse Osmosis and Electro dialysis.

Industrial water treatment, Boiler troubles-Scales andsludges, Caustic

embrittlement, Boiler corrosion, Priming and foaming.Hot lime and

cold lime soda process-Numerical problems, Zeolite process and Ion

exchange process. Internal conditioning methods like Phosphate,

Carbonate, Calgon and Colloidal conditioning.

UNIT-V

Stereochemistry:

Representations of three dimensional structures, Structural isomers and

stereoisomers, Configurations and symmetry, Chirality- Enantiomers,

Diastereomers, Optical activity, Absolute configurations and

conformational analysis of n-butane.

Organic Reaction Mechanisms and Synthesis of a Drug Molecule:

Introduction,Substitution reactions- Nucleophilicsubstitution

reactions(Mechanisms of SN1 and SN

2 reactions, Addition reactions-

Electrophilic and nucleophilic addition reactions, Addition of HBr to

propene, Mar kownikoff and anti markownikoff’s additions,Grignard

additions on carbonyl compounds, Elimination reactions-

Dehydrohalogenation of Alkyl halides,Shetzeff rule.

Oxidation reactions- Oxidation of Alcohols using KMnO4 and chromic

acid, Reduction reactions-reduction of carbonyl compounds using

LiAlH4, NaBH4, Synthesis of a commonly used drug molecules

(Paracetamol and Ibuprofen).


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Text Books

1. ”Engineering Chemistry”, P.C Jain and Jain Monika,DhanpatRai

Publication Company, 16th

Edition, 2015.

2. Text Book of Engineering Chemistry by A.Jaya Shree, Wiley

India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.

Reference Books

1. University chemistry, by B. H. Mahan, Narosa Publication.1998.

2. Chemistry: Principles and Applications, by M. J. Sienko and R.A.

Plane, McGraw-Hill, 3rd

edition, 1980.

3. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, by C. N. Banwell,

McGraw-Hill, 3rd

revised edition, 1983.

4. Engineering Chemistry (NPTEL Web-book), by B. L. Tembe,

Kamaluddin and M. S.Krishnan.

5. Physical Chemistry, by P. W. Atkins, W.H. Freeman and

Company, 5th

Edition, 1994.

6. “Text Book of Engineering Chemistry”, B.Rama Devi, Ch.

VenkataRamana Reddy and PrasanthRath,Cengage Learning

2017.

7. “Organic Chemistry”, Morison and Boyd, Pearson publications,

7th

Edition 2011.

8. Organic Chemistry: Structure and Function by K.P.C.Volhardt

and N.E.Schore,5th

Edition

http://bcs.whfreeman.com/vollhardtschore5e/default.asp

Course Outcomes

After completion of the course students will be able to

1. Explain the benefits of treated water as source in steam generation

in industrial applications.

2. Describe how electrochemical concepts can be used in various

practical applications.

3. Apply knowledge of corrosion science to problems in materials

engineering.

4. Explain various methods of prevention of corrosion of metals.

5. Explain the chemical applications of electricity.

6. Analyze microscopic chemistry in terms of atomic and molecular

orbitals.

7. List major chemical reactions that are used in the synthesis of

drugs.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30501) PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING


L T P C

3 0 0 3

UNIT -I

Introductory Concepts: Introduction to Computers, Computer

Characteristics, Modes of Operation, Types of Programming

Languages.

Idea of Algorithm: Steps to solve logical and numerical problems.

Representation of Algorithm: Flowchart/ Pseudo code with

examples.

Algorithms to programs: Source code, variables (with data types),

variables and memory locations, Syntax and Logical Errors in

compilation, object and executable code

Introduction to C: Some Simple C Programs, Desirable Program

Characteristics.

C Fundamentals: The C Character Set, Identifiers and Keywords,

Data Types, Constants Variables and Arrays Declarations, Expressions,

Statements, Symbolic Constants.

Preparing and Running a Complete C Program: Planning a C

Program, Writing a C Program, Entering the Program into the

Computer, Compiling and Executing the Program, Error Diagnostics,

Debugging Techniques.

Operators and Expressions: Unary Operators, Arithmetic Operators,

Relational and Logical Operators, Bitwise Operators, Conditional

Operator, Assignment Operators, Special Operators, Precedence &

Associativity of Operators, Evaluation of Expressions.

Data Input and Output: Preliminaries, Single Character Input- The

getchar Function, Single Character Output- The putchar Function,

Entering Input Data- The scanf Function, More About the scanf

Function, Writing Output Data- The printf Function, More About the

printf Function, The gets and puts Functions

UNIT -II

Control Statements: Preliminaries, Branching: The if-else Statements,

Looping: The while Statement, the do while Statement, the for

Statement, Nested Control Structures, the switch Statement, the break

Statement, the continue Statement, the goto Statement.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Arrays: Defining an Array, Processing an Array, Multidimensional

Arrays.

UNIT -III

Functions: A Brief Overview, Defining a Function, Accessing a

Function, Function Prototypes, Passing Arguments to a Function,

Recursion, Passing Arrays to Functions.

Program Structure: Storage Classes- Automatic Variables, External

Variables, Static Variables and Register Variables, Multi files

Programs, More about Library Functions.

Strings: String Handling Functions, Sample C Programs without using

library functions.

UNIT -IV

Pointers: Fundamentals Pointer Declarations, Passing Pointers to

Functions, Pointers and One-Dimensional Arrays, Dynamic Memory

Allocation, Operations on Pointers, Pointers and Multidimensional

Arrays, Arrays of Pointers, Passing Functions to other Functions, More

about Pointer Declarations.

Structures and Unions: Defining a Structure, Processing a Structure,

User Defined Data Types- typedef & Enumerations, Structures and

Pointers, Passing Structures to Functions, Bit fields, Self-Referential

Structures and Unions.

UNIT -V

Data Files: Opening and Closing a Data File, Creating a Data File,

Processing a Data File, Unformatted Data Files and Command Line

Parameters.

Searching and Sorting: Linear and Binary Search, Bubble Sort,

Selection Sort and Insertion Sort.

Text Books

1. Byron Gottfried, Schaum’s Outline series, “Programming with C”,

McGraw-Hill.

2. B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg C Programming and Data

Structures, Cengage Learning, ( 3rd Edition)

Reference Books:

1. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming

Language, Prentice Hall of India.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

2. R.G. Dromey, How to solve it by Computer, Pearson (16th

Impression).

3. Programming in C, Stephen G. Kochan, Fourth Edition, Pearson

Education.

4. Herbert Schildt, C: The Complete Reference, Mc Graw Hill, 4th

Edition

.

Course Outcomes

On completion of the course, the student shall be able to

1. Write algorithms and to draw flowcharts for solving problems.

2. Convert the algorithms/flowcharts to C programs.

3. Code and test a given logic in C programming language.

4. Decompose a problem into functions and to develop modular

reusable code.

5. Write C programs using arrays, pointers, strings and structures.

6. Perform searching and sorting.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30002) ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMUNICATION SKILLS

LAB


Shall have two parts

A. Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab

B. Interactive Communication Skills(ICS) Lab

Introduction

The Language Lab focuses on the production and practice of sounds of

language and familiarizes the students with the use of English in

everyday situations and contexts.

Exercise – I

CALL Lab: Introduction to Phonetics – Speech Sounds – Vowels and

Consonants

ICS Lab: Ice-Breaking activity and JAM session

Exercise – II

CALL Lab: Structure of Syllables - Past Tense Marker and Plural

Marker – Weak Forms and Strong Forms - Consonant Clusters.

ICS Lab: Situational Dialogues – Role-Play- Expressions in Various

Situations – Self-introduction and Introducing Others – Greetings –

Apologies – Requests – Social and Professional Etiquette - Telephone

Etiquette.

Exercise – III

CALL Lab: Minimal Pairs- Word accent and Stress Shifts.

ICS Lab: Descriptions – Place, Person, Object

Exercise – IV

CALL Lab: Intonation and Common errors in Pronunciation.

ICS Lab: Extempore- Public Speaking

Exercise – V

CALL Lab: Neutralization of Mother Tongue Influence and

Conversation Practice

L T P C

0 0 3 1.5


B. Tech (CE) R-18

ICS Lab: Giving Directions

Course Outcomes

At the end of the lab session, the students will be able to

1. Illustrates How to Work in Teams

2. Demonstrates Soft Skills and Communications Skills well and

Exhibits Decorum with ease

3. Minimizes the usage of Mother Tongue and Apprises Neutral

Accent

4. Prepares for employability skills

5. Speaks English Confidently and does Presentations with self-

confidence

6. Distinguishes between Sympathy and Empathy

7. Demonstrates the art of persuasion.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30012) ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB


L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

1. Estimation of Hardness of water by EDTA

method.

2. Estimation of Alkalinity of water.

3. Estimation of Copper by Colorimetric Method.

4. Conductometric Titration of a strong acid vs a strong base.

5. Conductometric Titration of a weak acid vs a weak base.

6. Potentiometric Titration of a strong acid vs a strong base.

7. Potentiometric Titration of weak acid vs a weak base.

8. Preparation of Paracetmol and Asprin.

9. Determination of Viscosity of a Liquid.

10. Determination of Surface Tension of a liquid.

11. Adsorption of acetic acid on Activated charcoal.

12. Estimation of iodine in table salt.

13. Thin Layer Chromatography (Ortho-Nitro phenol &Para-Nitro

phenol).

14. Determination of rate constant of acid catalyzed hydrolysis of

methyl acetate.

Note: A minimum of any 12 experiments listed above to be conduced.

Course outcomes

At the end of the course the student will be able to

1. Predict the extent of hardness range present in water sample and

its consequences in industrial operations

2. Prepare drugs like Aspirin and Paracetmol

3. Estimate the strength of solutions,pH of various solutions

4. Evaluate the viscosity and surface tension of liquids

5. Employ the conductometric and potentiometric titrations

6. Describe the principlesof adsorption phenomenon.

References

1. Engineering Chemistry Lab Manual, Glaze Publishers 2018.

2. Engineering chemistry by B. Rama Devi & Ch. VenkataRamana

Reddy; Cengage Learning, 2012.

3. A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, SashiChawla,

DhanapathRai& Sons.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30502) C PROGRAMMING LAB


L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

[Note: The programs may be executed using any available Open

Source/ Freely available IDE

Some of the Tools available are:

CodeLite: https://codelite.org/

Code::Blocks: http://www.codeblocks.org/

DevCpp : http://www.bloodshed.net/devcpp.html

Eclipse: http://www.eclipse.org

This list is not exhaustive and is NOT in any order of preference

Lab 1: Familiarization with programming environment

Lab 2: Simple computational problems using arithmetic expressions

1. Write a C program to find the roots of a quadratic equation.

2. Write a C program to convert centigrade to Fahrenheit.

Lab 3:

3. Write a C program to find maximum of given three numbers.

4. Write a C program to find the factorial of a positive integer.

Lab 4:

5. Write a C program to determine if the given number is a prime

number or not.

6. A Fibonacci sequence is defined as follows: the first and second

terms in the sequence are 0 and 1. Subsequent terms are found by

adding the preceding two terms in the sequence. Write a C program to

print the Fibonacci sequence up to nth term.

Lab 5:

7. Write a C program to generate all the prime numbers between 1 and

n, where n is a value supplied by the user using Sieve of Eratosthenes

algorithm.

8. Write a C program to convert a positive integer to a roman numeral.

Ex. 11 is converted to XI.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Lab 6:

9. Write a C program to print the Pascal triangles pyramid 10. Write a C program to calculate the following series i) Sin(x) ii)

Cos(x) iii) log(x)

Lab 7 :

11. Write a C program that reads two matrices and uses functions to

perform the following: i) Addition of two matrices ii) Multiplication of

two matrices iii) Transpose of a Matrix

Lab 8:

12. Write a C program to read N students data (Rollno, Name, Marks1,

Marks2, Marks3) and find the topper (Use array of structures and

implement using functions).

Lab 9:

13. Write a C program that reads 15 names each of up to 30 characters,

stores them in an array and use an array of pointers to display them in

ascending (ie.alphabetical) order.

14. Two's complement of a number is obtained by scanning it from

right to left and complementing all the bits after the first appearance of

a 1. Thus 2’s complement of 11100 is 00100. Write a C program to

find the 2’s complement of a binary number.

Lab 10:

15. Write a C program to display the contents of a file to standard

output device.

16. Write a C program which copies one file to another, replacing all

lowercase characters with their uppercase equivalents

Lab 11:

17. Write a C program that uses non-recursive functions to count the

number of palindromes in a given string.

18. Write a C program to replace a substring with another in a given

line of text.

Lab 12:

19. Write C programs for implementing the following methods i)

Bubble sort ii) Binary Search


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Additional Programs:

20. Write a C program that implements the Insertion sort method to

sort a given list of integers in ascending order.

21. Write a C Program to implement selection sort.

22. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following

operations: (i) To insert a sub-string into a given main string from a

given position. (ii) To delete n characters from a given position in a

given string.

23. Write a C program to compare two files, printing the first line

where they differ.

24. Write a C program to reverse the first n characters in a file. The file

name and n are specified on the command line. Use fseek( ) function

25. Write a C program to merge two files into a third file (i.e., the

contents of the first file Followed by those of the second are put in the

third file )

Reference books

1. Byron Gottfried, Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C,

McGraw-Hill

2. B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg C Programming and Data

Structures, Cengage Learning, (3rd Edition)

3. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming

Language, Prentice Hall of India

4. R.G. Dromey, How to solve it by Computer, Pearson (16th

Impression)

5. Programming in C, Stephen G. Kochan, Fourth Edition, Pearson

Education.

6. Herbert Schildt, C: The Complete Reference, Mc Graw Hill, 4th

Edition

Course outcomes

On completion of the course, the student shall be able to

1. Write & Execute programs using C language Syntax.

2. Correct syntax errors for a given program as reported by the C-

Compiler.

3. Develop the real world applications using Arrays, Structures in C

and test the applications by execution.

4. Demonstrate the usage of various types of pointers in programs by

execution in C.

5. Create read and write to and from simple text and binary files and

verify through execution.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30314) ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

B.Tech(CE): II Semester

L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

(Two experiments each from any six trades of the following)

1. Carpentry

2. Fitting

3. Tin-smithy

4. House-wiring

5. Foundry

6. Plumbing

7. Welding

8. Black smithy

II Trades for Demonstration and Exposure:

1. Power tools

2. Machine Tools- Operations on Lathe.,

Text Book

1. P Kannaiah and K L Narayana, Workshop Manual, Scitech

publishers, Second Edition

Course Outcomes

On completion of the course, students will be able to

1. Create the different patterns with desired shape and size by using

wood.

2. Align and assemble different components to create a product by

fitting operations.

3. Fabricate the given material to desired product in a particular

pattern by tin smithy.

4. Explain the basic principles of electrical systems in day-to-day

applications.

5. Mould the component to desire pattern and shape by black smithy.

6. Create the object by casting process using molten metal.

7. Assemble the components with permanent joint by welding

process.

8. Describe the process, transfer of fluid or gases from one place to

another place by connecting set of pipes with different requirements

in plumbing process


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30019)ENGINEERING EXPLORATION & PRACTICE


B.Tech(CE): II Semester

Module-I

Introduction to Engineering and Engineering Study: Introduction to

Engineering and Engineering Study: Difference between science and

engineering, scientist and engineer needs and wants, various disciplines

of engineering, some misconceptions of engineering, Expectation for

the 21st century engineer.

Module-II

Engineering Design: Engineering Design Process, Multidisciplinary

facet of design, Importance of analysis in engineering design, general

analysis procedure, Pair wise comparison chart, Introduction to

mechatronics system, generation of multiple solution, decision matrix,

Concepts of reverse engineering

Module-III

Mechanisms: Basic Components of a Mechanism, Degrees of

Freedom or Mobility of a Mechanism, 4 Bar Chain, Crank Rocker

Mechanism, Slider Crank Mechanism.

Module-IV

Platform based development: Introduction to various platform based

development, programming and its essentials, Introduction to

transducers and actuators and its interfacing. Concepts of reverse

engineering

Data Acquisition and Analysis: Types of Data, Descriptive Statistics

techniques as applicable to different types of data, Types of graphs as

applicable to different types of data, Usage of data acquisition tools for

descriptive statistics, Data Acquisition, Exporting acquired data to

analysis using visual representation

Module-V

Project Management: Introduction, Significance of teamwork,

Importance of communication in engineering profession, Project

L T P C

0 0 3 1.5


B. Tech (CE) R-18

management tools: Checklist, Timeline, Gantt Chart, Significance of

documentation

Sustainability: Introduction to sustainability, Sustainability leadership,

Life cycle assessment, carbon footprint

Reference Books

1. Engineering Fundamentals: An Introduction to Engineering (MindTap Course List) 5th Edition by Saeed Moaveni

2. Software Project Management (SIE), (Fifth Edition); Bob

Hughes,Mike Cotterell,Rajib Mall; Published by Tata McGraw-

Hill Education Pvt. Ltd (2011) ; ISBN 10: 0071072748 ISBN 13:

9780071072748

3. A Ghosh and AK Malik: Theory of Mechanism and Machine;

East West Press (Pvt) Ltd., New Delhi.

4. Arduino Cookbook, 2nd Edition by Michael Margolis: O’Reilly

Media

5. Data Acquisition and Analysis - Building an Excel Budget

Forecast Workbook by Andrew Greaney (Kindle Edition) ISBN:

1521903468

6. Concepts in Engineering Design – 2016; by Sumesh Krishnan

(Author), Dr.Mukul Shukla (Author), Publisher : Notion Press

Course Outcomes


1. Explain the role of an Engineer as a problem solver.

2. Identify multi-disciplinary approach required in solving an

engineering problem

3. Analyse a given problem using process of engineering problem

analysis.

4. Build simple systems using engineering design process.

5. Analyse engineering solutions from sustainability perspectives.

6. Use basics of engineering project management skills in doing

projects.

7. Demonstrate data acquisition and analysis skills using a tool.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

SEMESTER III

(A30101) STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – I

B.Tech (CE) III Semester

L T P C

2 1 0 3

UNIT-I

Simple Stresses and Strains: Elasticity and plasticity Types of

stresses and strains Hooke’s law stress - strain diagram for mild steel

Working stress Factor of safety Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio and

volumetric strain Elastic moduli and the relationship between them

Bars of varying section composite bars Temperature stresses.

Strain Energy - Resilience Gradual, sudden, impact and shock

loadings simple applications.

UNIT-II

Shear Force and Bending Moment: Definition of beam Types of

beams Concept of shear force and bending moment S.F and B.M

diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams

subjected to point loads, u.d.l., uniformly varying loads and

combination of these loads Point of contra flexure Relation between

S.F., B.M and rate of loading at a section of a beam

UNIT-III

Flexural Stresses & Shear Stresses

Flexural stresses: Theory of simple bending Assumptions Derivation

of bending equation: M/I = f/y =E/R Neutral axis Determination of

bending stresses section modulus of rectangular and circular sections

(Solid and Hollow), I,T, Angle and Channel sections Design of simple

beam sections.

Shear Stresses: Derivation of formula Shear stress distribution across

various beam sections like rectangular, circular, triangular, I, T, angle

sections.

UNIT-IV

Deflection of Beams: Bending into a circular arc slope, deflection and

radius of curvature Differential equation for the elastic line of a beam

Double integration and Macaulay’s methods.

Determination of slope and deflection for cantilever and simply

supported beams subjected to point loads, U.D.L. uniformly varying


B. Tech (CE) R-18

load.-Mohr’s theorems Moment area method application to simple

cases including overhanging beams.

Conjugate Beam Method:

Introduction - Concept of conjugate beam method. Difference

between a real beam and conjugate beam. Deflections of determinate

beams with constant and different moments of inertia.

UNIT-V

Principal Stresses and Strains: Introduction: Stresses on an inclined

section of a Bar under axial loading compound stresses- normal and

tangential stresses on an inclined plane for biaxial stresses. Two

perpendicular normal stresses accompanied by a state of simple shear

Mohr’s circle of stresses- Principle stresses and strains- analytical and

graphical solutions-Various theories of failures: Introduction, Various

Theories of failures like Maximum Principal Stress theory Maximum

Principal strain theory Maximum shear stress theory Maximum strain

energy theory Maximum shear strain energy theory.

Text Books

1. Introduction to text book of Strength of materials by R.K. Bansal

Laxmi publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

2. Introduction to text book of Strength of Material by U.C. Jindal,

Galgotia publications.

References

1. Mechanics of Solid, by Ferdinand P Beer and others Tata Mc

Graw Hill Publications 2000.

2. Strength of Materials by Schaum’s out line series Mc Graw Hill

International Editions.

3. Strength of Materials by S. Ramakrishna and R.Narayan, Dhanpat

Rai publications.

4. Strength of materials by R.K. Rajput, S. Chand & Co, New Delhi.

5. Strength of Materials by A.R. Basu, Dhanpat Rai & Co, Nai Sarah,

Delhi.

6. Strength of Materials by L.S. Srinath et al., Macmillan India Ltd.,

Delhi.

7. Strength of materials by R. Subramanian, Oxford university press, Delhi


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Course Outcomes

At the completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Determine stress and strain for members subjected to direct loads

and strain energy due to impact loads.

2. Draw shear force and bending moment diagrams for determinate

beams subjected to loads.

3. Explain concept of bending equation and calculate flexural and

shear stresses.

4. Calculate slope and deflection for beams under given loads.

5. Determine Principal stresses and strains. To explain the various

theories of failure.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30102) FLUID MECHANICS

B. Tech. (CE) – III Semester

L T P C

2 1 0 3

UNIT-I

Introduction: Dimensions and units - Physical properties of fluids

specific gravity, viscosity, surface tension, vapor pressure and their

influences on fluid motion-pressure at a point, Pascal’s law,

Hydrostatic law - atmospheric, gauge and vacuum pressure

measurement of pressure. Pressure gauges, Manometers: differential

and Micro Manometers.

Hydrostatic forces: Hydrostatic forces on submerged plane,

Horizontal, Vertical, inclined and curved surfaces- Center of pressure.

Derivations and problems.

UNIT-II

Fluid Kinematics: Description of fluid flow, Stream line, path line and

streak lines and stream tube. Classification of flows : Steady, unsteady,

uniform, non uniform, laminar, turbulent, rotational and irrotational

flows, Equation of continuity for one, two , three dimensional flows,

stream and velocity potential functions, flownet analysis.

UNIT-III

Fluid Dynamics: Surface and body forces - Euler’s and Bernoulli’s

equations for flow along a stream line for 3-D flow, (Navier - stokes

equations (Explanationary) Momentum equation and its application -

forces on pipe bend. Pitot tube, Venturi meter and orifice meter -

classification of orifices, flow over rectangular, triangular and

trapezoidal and Stepped notches -Broad crested weirs.

UNIT-IV

Boundary layer Theory:

Approximate Solutions of Navier Stoke’s Equations - Boundary layer -

concepts, Prandtl contribution, Characteristics of boundary layer along

a thin flat plate, Vonkarmen momentum integral equation, laminar and

turbulent Boundary layers -no deviations BL in transition, separation of

BL, control of BL, flow around submerged objects-Drag and Lift-

Magnus effect.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT-V

Closed Conduit Flow: Reynold’s experiment - Characteristics of

Laminar & Turbulent flows. Flow between parallel plates, Flow

through long tubes, flow through inclined tubes. Laws of Fluid friction

- Darcy’s equation, Minor losses - pipes in series- pipes in parallel -

Total energy line and hydraulic gradient line. Pipe network problems,

variation of friction factor with Reynold_s number _ Moody’s Chart.

Text Books

1. Fluid Mechanics by Modi and Seth, Standard book house.

2. Introduction to Fluid Machines by S.K.Som & G.Biswas (Tata

Mc.Grawhill publishers Pvt. Ltd.)

3. Introduction to Fluid Machines by Edward J. Shaughnessy, Jr, Ira

M. Katz and James P. Schaffer , Oxford University Press, New

Delhi

References

1. Fluid Mechanics by J.F.Douglas, J.M. Gaserek and J.A.Swaffirld

(Longman)

2. Fluid Mechanics by Frank.M. White (Tata Mc.Grawhill Pvt. Ltd.)

3. Fluid Mehanics by A.K. Mohanty, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi

4. A text of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines by Dr. R.K.

Bansal – Laxmi Publications (P) ltd., New Delhi

Course Outcomes: At the completion of the course, the student will be

able to:

1. Explain physical properties of fluid, pressure, hydrostatic forces

on submerged surfaces

2. Explain classification of flows, equation of continuity, stream and

velocity potential functions.

3. Derive Euler’s, Bernoulli’s equations, Navier Stokes equation,

determine velocity in the pipes and classify orifices

4. Explain the boundary layer concept, Prandtl contribution, Von

Karmen momentum equation, – Magnus effect.

5. Describe Reynolds’s experiments, and derive Darcy’s equation,

losses in pipes and Moody’s Chart.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30103) SURVEYING & GEOMATICS

B.Tech (CE) III Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3

UNIT-I

Introduction: Overview of plane surveying (chain, compass and plane

table), Objectives, Principles and classifications, Scales, Conventional

Symbols, Signals

Distances and Direction: Distance measurement methods; use of

chain, tape and Electronic distance measurements, Meridians,

Azimuths and Bearings, declination, computation of angle.

UNIT-II

Leveling and Contouring: Concept and Terminology, Temporary

adjustments- method of leveling. Characteristics and Uses of contours-

methods of conducting contour surveys and their plotting.

UNIT-III

Computation of Areas and Volumes: Area from field notes,

computation of areas along irregular boundaries and area consisting of

regular boundaries. Embankments and cutting for a level section and

two level sections with and without transverse slopes, determination of

the capacity of reservoir, volume of barrow pits.

Unit –IV

Theodolite: Theodolite, description, uses and adjustments – temporary

and permanent, measurement of horizontal and vertical angles.

Principles of Electronic Theodolite. Trigonometrical leveling,

Traversing.

UNIT-IV

Tacheometric Surveying: Stadia and tangential methods of

Tacheometry. Distance and Elevation formulae for Staff vertical

position.

Curves: Types of curves, design and setting out – simple and compound curves.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Text Books

1. Dr. K.R. Arora, Surveying Vo.I, Standard Book House, 6th edition,

2000

2. Punmia, Surveying Vol.I, Standard Book House, 9th edition, 1985

Reference Books

1. S.K.Duggal, Surveying Vol.I, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2nd edition

2. Surveying and levelling by R.subramanian,second Edition,Oxford

University press-2012

3. Surveying and levelling by R. Agor. Khanna Publishers

Course Outcomes


1. Determine distance and direction with survey instruments.

2. Apply the principles of leveling and contouring.

3. Apply computation methods for measuring the Areas and Volumes

with survey instruments.

4. Explain about theodolite and tacheometric Surveying.

5. Explain about the Geomatics application in surveying


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30104) ENGINEERING MATERIALS & GEOLOGY

B.Tech (CE) -III Semester L T P C

2 0 0 2

UNIT-I

Introduction: Importance of geology from Civil Engineering point of

view. Brief study of case histories of failure of some Civil Engineering

constructions due to geological draw backs. Importance of Physical

geology, Petrology and Structural geology.

Stones: Qualities of a good building stone; Stone quarrying; Tools for

blasting; Materials for blasting; Process of blasting; Precautions in

blasting; Dressing of stones; Common building stones of India.

Bricks: General; Composition of good brick earth; Harmful ingredients

in brick earth; Classification of brick earth; Manufacture of bricks;

Comparison between clamp burning and kiln burning; Qualities of

good bricks; Tests for bricks; Classification of bricks

UNIT-II

Mineralogy: Definition of mineral, Importance of study of minerals,

Different methods of study of minerals. Advantages of study of

minerals by physical properties. Role of study of physical properties of

minerals in the identification of minerals. Study of physical properties

of following common rock forming minerals: Feldspar, Quartz, Flint,

Jasper, Olivine, Augite, Hornblende, Muscovite, Biotite, Asbestos,

Chlorite, Kyanite, Garnet, Talc, Calcite. Study of other common

economics minerals such as Pyrite, Hematite, Magnetite, Chlorite,

Galena, Pyrolusite, Graphite, Magnesite, and Bauxite.

Petrology: Definition of rock: Geological classification of rocks into

igneous, Sedimentary and metamorphic rocks. Dykes and sills,

common structures and textures of igneous. Sedimentary and

metamorphic rocks. Their distinguishing features, Megascopic study of

Granite, Dolerite, Basalt, Pegmatite, Laterite, Conglomerate, Sand

Stone, Shale, Limestone, Gneiss, Schist, Quartzite, Marble and Slate.

UNIT-III

Structural Geology: Out crop, strike and dip study of common

geological structures associating with the rocks such as folds, faults

unconformities, and joints - their important types. Ground water, Water

table, common types of ground water, springs, cone of depression,

geological controls of ground water movement, ground water


B. Tech (CE) R-18

exploration. Earth quakes, their causes and effects, shield areas and

seismic belts. Seismic waves, Richter scale, precautions to be taken for

building construction in seismic areas. Landslides, their causes and

effect; measures to be taken to prevent their occurrence. Importance of

study of ground water, earth quakes and landslides.

UNIT-IV

Geology of Dams Reservoirs: Types of dams and bearing of Geology

of site in their selection, Geological Considerations in the selection of a

dam site. Analysis of dam failures of the past. Factors Contributing to

the success of a reservoir. Geological factors influencing water

Lightness and life of reservoirs. Importance of Geophysical studies

Principles of geophysical study by Gravity methods. Magnetic

methods, Electrical methods. Seismic methods, Radio metric methods

and Geothermal method. Special importance of Electrical resistivity

methods, and seismic refraction methods. Improvement of competence

of sites by grouting etc. Fundamental aspects of Rock mechanics and

Environmental Geology.

UNIT-V

Tunnels: Purposes of tunneling, Effects of Tunneling on the ground

Role of Geological Considerations (lithological, structural and ground

water) in tunneling over break and lining in tunnels. Tunnels in rock,

subsidence over old mines, mining substances

Text books

1. Engineering Geology by N. Chennkesavulu, McMillan, India Ltd.

2nd

addition

2. Principals of Engineering Geology by K.V.G.K. Gokhale – B.S

publications

3. Engineering Geology by Subinoy Gangopadhyay. Oxward

University press

Reference Books

1. Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering, P.C.Varghese, PHI

Learning& private Limited

2. Geology of Engineering by Aurele Parriaux, CR C Press

3 F.G. Bell, Fundamental of Engineering Geology Butterworths,

Publications, New Delhi, 1992.

4 Krynine & Judd, Principles of Engineering Geology &

Geotechnics, CBS Publishers & Distribution,


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Course Outcomes


1. Explain the construction materials and relationship between Rocks

and soils, weathering process influence on Civil Engineering

works.

2. Discuss the properties of minerals and rocks on their identification.

3. Explain Geological Structures and identification in the field.

4. Apply the Geophysical Studies and interpret in selection of Civil

Structures (Dams, Tunnels and Reservoirs)

5. Explain surface and sub-surface water movement in Geological

influence on movement process and geo-hazardous


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30105) BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, PLANNING AND

DRAWING


2 0 2 3

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

UNIT-I

Stone Masonry: Technical terms; Classification of stone masonry.

Brick Masonry: Technical terms; Types of bonds in brickwork and

their suitability, Plan, elevation and section of brick bonds up to two

bricks

Timber: Definition; Classification of trees; Structure of a tree;

Qualities of good timber; Seasoning of timber; Advantages of timber

construction;

UNIT-II

Paints, Varnishes And Distempers: General; Painting; Varnishing;

Distempering; Wall paper; White washing; Colour washing.

Foundations: Concept of foundations; Factors affecting selection of

foundations; Types of foundations; Strip, Isolated, Strap, Combined

Footings, Raft –Mat –Slab and Beam Raft, Piles and their

classification; Foundation on black cotton soils.

BUILDING PLANNING AND DRAWING

UNIT-III

Basic Architecture of Buildings: Aspect-Prospect -Privacy-Furniture

requirement–Roominess–Grouping–Circulation–Sanitation-Lighting-

Ventilation-Cleanliness-Flexibility-Elegance-Economy-Practical

considerations. Classification of buildings –Open space requirements –

built up area limitations –Height of Buildings –Wall thickness.

Objectives of building byelaws, Principles underlying building

byelaws.

Foundations Drawings:

Drawings: Foundation for walls and columns; Footing for a RCC

column, raft and pile foundations;

UNIT-IV.

Residential Buildings: Minimum standards for various parts of

buildings –requirements of different rooms and their grouping –

characteristics of various types of residential buildings. Introduction –


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Terminology –Objectives of building byelaws –Floor Area Ratio

(FAR) –Floor Space Index (FSI)

Functional Drawing of Buildings: To draw the line diagram, plan,

elevation and section of the following: Residential Buildings (flat,

pitched and combined roofs).

UNIT-V

Stairs: Proportioning and design of a dog-legged, open well RCC stair

case for an office / Residential building; Details of reinforcements for

RCC stair cases; Plan and elevation of straight run, quarter turn, dog-

legged and open well stair cases.

Roofs and Trusses : Technical terms; Classification of roofs; Types of

sloping roof, Drawing of RCC roof with details of reinforcements,

King post and Queen post trusses.

Text Books

1. Building Materials and Construction - Arora & Bindra, Dhanpat

Roy Publications.

2. Building Construction by B.C.Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and

Arun Kumar Jain - Laxmi Publications (P) ltd., New Delhi

3. Principles of Building Drawing Shah & Kale

References

1. Building Materials by Duggal, New Age Internationals.

2. Building Construction by PC Verghese PHI.

3. Construction Technology - Vol - I & II by R.Chuddy, Longman

UK.

4. Basics of Civil Engg by Subhash Chander; Jain Brothers.

Alternate Building materials and Technology, K.S.Jagadish,

Venkatarama Reddy and others; New Age Publications.

5. NBC guide line for building construction

Course Outcomes

Upon completion of the course students will have knowledge:

1. Discuss the building construction methods

2. List and explain different construction activities in the building construction

3. Draw line diagram, plan, elevation and sections.

4. Draft any component of a building.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30226) BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS

ENGINEERING

(Common to CSE, CE & MECH)


3 0 0 3

UNIT-I

Electrical Circuits

Basic definitions, Types of elements, Ohm‘s Law, Resistive networks,

Kirchhoff‘s Laws, Inductive networks, capacitive networks, Series,

Parallel circuits and Star-delta and delta-star transformations, mesh and

nodal analysis, network theorems –super position ,thevenin’s

,maximum power transfer theorem, simple problems.

Instruments: Basic Principle of indicating instruments – permanent

magnet moving coil and moving iron instruments.

UNIT-II

DC Machines Principle of operation of DC Generator & motor – EMF

equation - types – DC motor types –torque equation – applications –

three point starter.

UNIT-III

Transformers: Principle of operation of single phase transformers –

EMF equation – losses – efficiency and regulation. AC Machines:

Principle of operation of induction motor – slip – torque characteristics

– applications. Principle of operation of alternators – regulation by

synchronous impedance method.

UNIT-IV

Diodes: P-n junction diode, symbol, V-I Characteristics, Diode

Applications, and Rectifiers – Half wave, Full wave and Bridge

rectifiers (simple Problems). Transistors: PNP and NPN Junction

transistor, Transistor as an amplifier, SCR characteristics and

applications.

UNIT-V

Cathode Ray Oscilloscope: Principles of CRT (Cathode Ray Tube),

Deflection, Sensitivity, Electrostatic and Magnetic deflection,

Applications of CRO - Voltage, Current and frequency measurements.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Text Books

1. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering –M S Sukija TK

Nagasarkar Oxford University

2. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering-D P Kothari. I J

NagarathMcGraw Hill Education

References

1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R.L. Boylestad and Louis

Nashelsky, PEI/PHI, 9th Ed, 2006.

2. Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman and C. C.

Halkias, Satyabratajit, TMH, 2/e, 1998.

3. Engineering circuit analysis- by William Hayt and Jack E.

Kemmerly, McGraw Hill Company, 6th edition.

4. Linear circuit analysis (time domain phasor and Laplace

transform approaches)- 2nd edition by Raymond A. DeCarlo and

Pen-Min-Lin, Oxford University Press-2004.

5. Network Theory by N. C. Jagan& C. Lakshminarayana, B.S.

Publications. 6. Network Theory by Sudhakar, Shyam Mohan

Palli, TMH.

Course Outcomes


1. Analyze the basic electrical circuits, parameters, measuring

instruments

2. Explain the operation of the transformers in the energy conversion

process,

3. Explain construction, operation, and characteristics of DC and AC

machines

4. Describe different semiconductor devices, their voltage-current

characteristics, realization of various electronic circuits with the

various semiconductor devices, and cathode ray oscilloscope.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30106) SURVEYING LAB – I


0 0 3 1.5

List of Exercises

1. Survey of an area by chain survey (closed traverse) & Plotting

2. Chaining across obstacles

3. Determination of distance between two inaccessible points with

compass.

4. Surveying of a given area by prismatic compass (closed traverse)

and plotting after adjustment.

5. Radiation method, intersection methods by plane Table survey

6. Two point and three point problems in plane table survey

7. Traversing by plane table survey

8. Fly leveling (differential leveling)

9. An exercise of L.S and C.S and plotting

10. Two exercises on contouring.

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course the student will be able to –

1. Prepare the map of field details and find the area of field by

conducting chain surveying.


conducting compass surveying.


conducting table surveying.

4. Find the elevation of field points for the preparation of contour

map by conducting leveling.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30107) STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB


0 0 3 1.5

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Tension test

2. Bending test on (Steel / Wood) Cantilever beam.

3. Bending test on simple support beam.

4. Torsion test

5. Hardness test

6. Spring test

7. Compression test on wood or concrete

8. Impact test

9. Shear test

10. Verification of Maxwell’s Reciprocal theorem on beams.

11. Use of electrical resistance strain gauges

12. Continuous beam - deflection test.

Course Outcomes

After completion of the course, the student shall be able to:

1. Calculate modulus of Elasticity for given material from the

Tension test, deflection test on simply supported, cantilever and

continuous beams. To verify Maxwell’s reciprocal theorem on

given beam.

2. Calculate direct stress (normal and shear) from Compression and

Shear tests on given specimen.

3. Calculate modulus of rigidity of given material from Torsion test

on circular shaft and spring test.

4. Calculate Impact strength and hardness of given material from

Charpy/Izod impact tests and Brinell / Rockwell hardness tests.

5. Calculate strain in given cantilever beam using electrical

resistance strain gauge.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30021) SOCIAL INNOVATION IN PRACTICE

(Common for all branches)

B.Tech(CE): III Semester L T P C

0 0 2 1

UNIT-I

Identify community issues to be addressed, Requirements Analysis:

Extensive User requirements analysis, Generating effective System

Requirement document.

UNIT-II

Social Innovation – Case Studies Presentation of the case studies with a

focus on impact and vision on society.

UNIT-III

Process of Social Innovation Prompts – identifying needs, Proposals –

generating ideas, Prototyping – testing the idea in practice,

UNIT-IV

Sustaining-developing a business model, Scaling and diffusion-

growing social innovations, Systematic change.

UNIT-V

Report writing, Documentation and Panel presentation

Reference Books

1. Requirements Analysis: From Business Views to Architecture;

David C. Hay; Prentice Hall Professional

2. Social Enterprises: An Organizational Perspective edited;

Benjamin Gidron, Yeheskel Hasenfeld; Palgrave Macmillan

3. Social Enterprise Law: Trust, Public Benefit and Capital Markets

By Dana Brakman Reiser & Steven A. Dean

Course Outcomes


1. Sum up various social issues to be addressed

2. Analyse the feasibility and economical factors

3. Develop a scalable business model.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30014) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES

(Common to All Branches)

B.Tech (CE) III Semester

UNIT-I

Environmental Studies:

Introduction, Definition, scope and importance, Ecosystems:

Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and functions of

ecosystems, Bio-geo chemical cycle, Classification of Eco system.

UNIT-II

Natural Resources: Classification of Resources, Land resources, Land

as resource, Common property resources, Land degradation, Soil

erosion and desertification, Effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer –

pesticide problems, Forest resources, Use and over-exploitation.

Mining and dams – their effects on forest and tribal people, Water

resources, Use and over- utilization of surface and groundwater,

Floods, droughts, Water logging and salinity, Dams –benefits and

costs, Conflicts over Water, Energy resources.

UNIT-III

Bio-diversity and its conservation, Value of bio-diversity -consumptive

and productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values, Bio-

geographical classification of India – India as a mega diversity habitat,

Threats to bio-diversity –Hot-spots, habitat loss, poaching of wild life,

loss of species, seeds, etc. Conservation of bio-diversity– In-situ and

Ex-situ conservation.

UNIT-IV

Environmental Pollution –Local and Global Issues, Nature of thermal

pollution and nuclear hazards, Global warming, Acid rain, Ozone

depletion, Environmental case studies.

UNIT-V

Environmental Problems in India, Drinking water, sanitation and

public health, Effects of the activities on the quality of environment,

Water scarcity and groundwater depletion, Controversies on major

dams – resettlement and rehabilitation of people: problems and

concerns, Rain water harvesting, cloud seeding and watershed

L T P C

2 0 0 0


B. Tech (CE) R-18

management. Economy and Environment, The economy and

environment interaction, Economics of development, preservation and

conservation, Sustainability: theory and practices, Limits to growth,

Equitable use of resources for sustainable life styles, Environmental

Impact Assessment.

Text Books

1. Environmental Science - Y.Anjaneyulu, B S Publications. 2. Environmental studies-Deeksha dave, Cengage learning India Pvt.

Ltd.,

3. Environmental sciences and Engineering - P. Venugopal Rao,

PHI learning Pvt. Ltd.,

4. Environmental Science and Technology by M. Anji Reddy, B S

Publications.

Reference books

1. Clark, R.S., Marine Pollution, Clanderson Press, Oxford, 2002.

2. Cunningham, W.P., et al. , Environmental Encyclopedia, Jaico

Publishing House, Mumbai, 2003.

Course Outcomes

On successful completion of this course, the students should be able to

1. Discuss on environment.

2. List and explain various Natural Resources 3. Develop skills in understanding of various environmental

problems

4. Develop skills to protect the Environment


B. Tech (CE) R-18

SEMESTER IV

(A30007) NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES, PROBABILITY

& STATISTICS

B.Tech (CE): IV Semester

L T P C

3 1 0 4

UNIT -I

Interpolation: Forward, Backward, Central differences, Newton‘s

forward & backward interpolation, Gauss‘s forward&backward

interpolation, Lagrange‘s interpolation.

Curve fitting: Fitting linear &non-linear curve by the method of least

squares.

UNIT- II

Numerical Integrations: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson‘s 1/3 Rule, 3/8

Rule.Introduction to Numerical solutions of ODE, Taylor‘s series

method, Modified Euler‘s method, Runge-Kutta 4th

order method,

Milne‘s & Adams-Moulton predictor and corrector methods.

UNIT- III

Probability Theory: Sample space and events- Probability - Axioms

of probability - Elementary theorems - Conditional probability –

Bayee‘s theorem.

Random variables: Discrete and continuous random variables.

UNIT- IV

Distributions: Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution and their

Properties, Normal distributions, Sampling distribution of means (

known and unknown).

UNIT- V

Test of Hypothesis: Test of hypothesis, Null hypothesis- Alternative

hypothesis, type-I & II errors- critical region,Confidential interval for

the mean & proportions.

Test of hypothesis for large samples: Single mean, Difference

between the means,Single proportion and difference between the

proportions.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Test for Small samples: Confidence interval for the t-distribution-

tests of hypothesis - t -test, F-test, 2- test goodness of fit.

Text Books

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (9th

edition) by Erwin




Khanna Publishers.

3. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics(11th

Edition) by

S.C.Gupta& VK Kapoor, Sultan Chand & Sons.

Reference Books




2. Mathematics for Engineering and Scientists. Alan Jeffrey, 6th

Edi,

2013, Chapman & Hall / CRC

3. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis , S.S.Sastry, 4h

Edition, Prentce Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

4. Probability & Statistics by T.K.V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Gandhi &

Others, 2015 Yr. Edition S.Chand.

5. Mathematical Methods by G. ShankerRao& Others I.K.


6. Probability & Statistics, by William Mendenhall & others

Cengage publications

7. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics by S.C.Gupta& VK

Kapoor, 11th

Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons.

8. Applied Mathematics for En gineers & Physicists (3rd

edition) by


Course Outcomes


1. Find the root of given equation and estimate unknown value using

interpolation.

2. Find numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations.

3. Solve ordinary differential equations using Laplace transform.

4. Analyse random variables involved in probability models.

5. Test hypothesis for large and small samples.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30108) STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – II

B.Tech (CE) IV Semester L T P C

2 1 0 3

UNIT-I

Torsion of Circular Shafts: Theory of pure torsion Derivation of

Torsion equations: T/J = /r = Gθ /L, Assumptions made in the theory

of pure torsion, Torsional moment of resistance Polar section modulus

Power transmitted by shafts Combined bending and torsion and end

thrust Design of shafts according to theories of failure.

Springs: Introduction; Types of springs, deflection of close and open

coiled helical springs under axial pull and axial couple, springs in

series and parallel, Carriage or leaf springs.

UNIT-II

Columns and Struts: Introduction, Types of columns- Short, medium

and long columns, Axially loaded compression members, Crushing

load, Euler’s theorem for long columns assumptions- derivation of

Euler’s critical load formulae for various end conditions, Equivalent

length of a column slenderness ratio, Euler’s critical stress,

Limitations of Euler’s theory, Rankine Gordon formula Long columns

subjected to eccentric loading, Secant formula, Empirical formulae,

Straight line formula Prof. Perrys Formula. Beam columns; laterally

loaded struts, subjected to uniformly distributed and concentrated loads

Maximum B.M. and stress due to transverse and lateral loading.

Beam columns: Laterally loaded struts-subjected to uniformly

distributed and concentrated loads--maximum B.M. and stress due to

transverse and lateral loading.

UNIT-III

Direct and Bending Stresses: Stresses under the combined action of

direct loading and B.M, Core of a section determination of stresses in

the case of chimneys, retaining walls and dams conditions for stability

stresses due to direct loading and B.M. about both axis.

Beams Curved in Plan: Introduction, circular beams loaded uniformly

and supported on symmetrically placed Columns, Semi-circular beam

simply-supported on three equally spaced supports.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT-IV

Unsymmetrical bending: Introduction- Centroidal principal Axis of

section- Graphical Method for locating Principal axis – Moment of

Inertia referred to any set of rectangular axis- Stresses in beams

subjected to Unsymmetrical bending- Principal Axis-Resolution of

bending movements in to two rectangular axis through the Centriod –

Location of N.A –Deflection of Beams under Unsymmetrical bending.

Shear centre :Introduction –Shear centre for symmetrical and

Unsymmetrical(Channel, I,T and L ) sections

UNIT-V

Thin Cylinders: Thin seamless cylindrical shells- Derivation of the

formula for longitudinal and circumferential stress-hoop, longitudinal

and volumetric strains- change in diameter and volume of thin

cylinders- Thin spherical shells

Thick Cylinders: Introduction, Lame’s theory for thick cylinders-

Derivation lame’s formula- Distribution of hoop and radial Stresses

across thickness-design of thick cylinders- Compound cylinders-

Necessary difference of radii for shrinkage- Thick spherical shells.

Text Books

1. A Text book of Strength of materials by R.K.Bansal, Laxmi

Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi

2. Introduction to Strength of Materials by U.C. Jindal, Galgotia

publications.

3. Strength of Materials by B.C. Punmia

Reference Books

1. Mechanics of Solid, by Ferdinand P Beer and others Tata

Mc.Graw-Hill Publications 2000.

2. Strength of Materials by Schaums Out line Series Mc Graw Hill

International Editions.

Course Outcomes


1. Explain the concept of torsion equation and calculate torsional

shear stresses for shafts and helical and leaf springs.

2. Calculate critical load for columns of varying end conditions and

analyze beam columns.

3. Calculate stresses under combined loading for chimneys, retaining

walls and dams and analyse curved beams.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

4. Analyse beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending and locate the

shear centre.

5. Analyse and design thin and thick cylinders and spherical shells.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30109) HYDRAULICS AND HYRAULIC MACHINERY


3 0 0 3

UNIT-I

Open Channel Flow: Types of flows - Type of channels, Velocity

distribution - Energy and momentum correction factors - Chezy’s,

Manning’s; and Bazin formulae for uniform flow - Most Economical

sections. Critical flow: Specific energy-critical depth - critical sub-

critical and super critical flows.

Non uniform flow-Dynamic equation for Gradually Varied Flow

(G.V.F.), Mild, Critical, Steep, horizontal and adverse slopes-surface

profiles-direct step method- Rapidly varied flow, hydraulic jump,

energy dissipation.

UNIT-II

Dimensional Analysis and Similitude: Dimensional analysis-

Rayleigh’s method and Buckingham’s pi theorem-study of Hydraulic

models - Geometric, kinematic and dynamic similarities-dimensionless

numbers - model and prototype relations.

UNIT-III

Hydrodynamic force of jets: Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary

and moving flat, inclined and curved vanes, jet striking centrally and at

tip, velocity triangles at inlet and outlet, expressions for work done and

efficiency-Angular momentum principle, Applications to radial flow

turbines. : Layout of a typical Hydropower installation, Heads and

efficiencies

UNIT-IV

Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of turbines-pelton wheel-Francis

turbine-Kaplan turbine-working, working proportions, velocity

diagram, work done and efficiency, hydraulic design, draft tube -

theory and function efficiency.

Governing of turbines-surge tanks-unit and specific turbines-unit

speed-unit quantity-unit power-specific speed performance

characteristics geometric similarity-cavitation.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT-V

Centrifugal Pumps: Pump installation details-classification-work

done- Manometric head-minimum starting speed-losses and

efficiencies-specific speed multistage pumps-pumps in parallel-

performance of pumps-characteristic curves- NPSH-cavitation.

Classification of Hydropower plants - Definition of terms - load factor,

utilization factor, capacity factor, estimation of hydropower potential.

Text Books

1. Open Channel flow by K. Subramanya . Tata Mc. Graw Hill

Publishers

2. A text of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines by Dr. R.K.

Bansal - Laxmi Publications (P) ltd., New Delhi

3. Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Power Engineering by D.S. Kumar

Kataria & Sons.

References Books

1. Fluid Mechanics, Hydraulic and Hydraulic Machines by Modi &

Seth, Standard book house.

2. Elements of Open channel flow by Ranga Raju, Tata Mc Graw Hill,

Publications.

3. Fluid mechanics and fluid machines by Rajput, S. Chand &Co.

4. Open Channel flow by V.T. Chow, Mc Graw Hill book company.

5. Hydraulic Machines by Banga & Sharma Khanna Publishers

Course Outcomes


1. Design open channel sections and to determine parameters of

hydraulic jump and back water curve.

2. Employ dimensional analysis in solving problems and plan

hydraulic similitude studies.

3. Apply basics of the hydro-machinery and water power engineering

concepts.

4. Design impulse and reaction turbines, and conduct model studies

for turbines and pumps.

5. Determine performance of Centrifugal pump, evaluate hydro

electric potential, list factors governing operation of power station.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30110) ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

B.Tech (CE) –IV Semester

L T P C

2 0 0 2

UNIT-I

Introduction: Water supply Schemes- Protected water supply-

Population forecasts, design period- water demand- Types of demand –

factors affecting-fluctuations- fire demand –Sources of Water- intakes-

infiltration galleries, confined and unconfined aquifers- water quality

parameters and testing- drinking water standards

UNIT-II

Layout and general outline of water treatment units- sedimentation,

uniform setting velocity- principles- design factors- surface loading- jar

test –optimum dosage of coagulant- coagulation- flocculation, clarifier

design-coagulants –feeding arrangements. Filtration- theory- working

of slow and rapid gravity filters- multimedia filters- design of filters-

troubles in operation comparison of filters –disinfection- types of

disinfection – theory of chlorination –chlorine demand- other

disinfection treatment methods. Distribution systems- Types of layouts

of Distribution systems – design of distribution systems- Hardy Cross

and equivalent pipe methods-service reservoirs- Determination of

Storage Capacity.

UNIT-III

Conservancy and water carriage systems- sewage and storm water

estimation- time of concentration- storm water overflows combined

flow- characteristics of sewage – examination of sewage-B.O.D.-

C.O.D .equations .Design of sewers

Shapes and materials- Sewer appurtenances manholes- inverted siphon-

catch basins-flushing tanks- ejectors, pumps and pumping houses-

house drainage- components requirements – sanitary fittings- traps-one

pipe and two pipe systems of plumbing.

UNIT-IV

Layout and general outline of various units in a waste water treatment

plant-primary treatment, design of screens- grit chambers- skimming

tanks- sedimentation tanks, principle and design of biological


B. Tech (CE) R-18

treatment- trickling filters- standard and high rate Filters, ASP, Asp

modification- Aeration.

UNIT-V

Construction and design of oxidation ponds- Oxidation ditches- Sludge

Treatment- Sludge digestion tanks-design of digestion tank- Factors

affecting sludge digestion- sludge disposal by drying- septic tanks-

working principles and design- soak pits. Ultimate disposal of waste

water- self purification of rivers- Sewage farming.

Text books

1. Water supply& Sanitary Engineering by G.S. Birdie.

2. Water supply Engineering, Vol. I waste water Engineering. Vol. II,

B.C. Punmia, Ashok Jain & Arun Jain, Laxmi Publications Pvt.ltd

New Delhi.

3. Water Supply Engineering Vol.I& waste water Engineering Vol. II,

P.N. Modi, Standard Book Publishers, New Delhi.

References

1. Waste Water Technology By Mark J Hammer and Mark J Hammer

Jr

2. Water and Waste Water Technology by Steel

3. Waste Water Engineering by Fair Geyer and Okun.

4. Waste Water Engineering by Metcalf and Eddy 5. Theory & practice of water & waste water Treatment by Ronald L

Drose, Wiley India Publishers

Course Outcomes


1. Forecast population growth, water demand, and test water quality

parameters.

2. Design water treatment units, disinfection of water and design

distribution systems.

3. Estimate sewage, B.O.D and C.O.D. and design sewer

appurtenances.

4. Design waste water treatment units. 5. Design oxidation ponds, sludge digestion and treatment, ultimate

disposal of waste water.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30111) CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

B.Tech (CE) -IV Semester L T P C

2 0 0 2

UNIT-I

Cement: Portland cement- chemical composition- Hydration of

cement-Structure of Hydrated cement, Test on physical properties,

Different grades of cement.

Admixtures: Types of admixtures, mineral and chemical admixtures-

properties-dosages- effects- usage.

Aggregates: classification of aggregate- Particle shape & texture –

Bond, Strength & other mechanical properties of aggregate- Specific

gravity, Bulk Density, porosity, adsorption & moisture content of

aggregate – Bulking of sand- Deleterious substance in aggregate-

Soundness of aggregate- Alkali aggregate reaction –Thermal properties

– Sieve analysis – Fineness modulus –Grading curves – Grading of fine

& coarse aggregates- Gap graded aggregate- Maximum aggregate size

UNIT-II

Fresh concrete; Workability- Factors affecting workability –

Measurement of workability by different tests- Setting times of

concrete- Effect of time and temperature on workability- Segregation

& bleeding- Mixing and vibration of concrete- steps in manufacture of

concrete- Quality of mixing water.

UNIT-III

Hardened concrete- water/cement ratio- Abram’s law- Gelspace ratio-

Nature of strength of concrete- Maturity concept- Strength in tension&

compression- Factors affecting strength- Relation between

compression & tensile strength- Curing

Testing of Hardened concrete: Compression tests- Tension tests-

Factors affecting strength- flexure tests- Split tests- Pull-out test, Non

destructive testing methods-codal provisions for NDT. Elasticity,

Creep& Shrinkage-Modulus of elasticity- Dynamic modulus of

elasticity- Poisson’s ratio-Creep of concrete- Factors influencing creep-

Relation between creep & time- Effects of creep- Shrinkage- types of

shrinkage.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT- IV

Mix Design: Factors influencing the choice of mix proportions-

Durability of concrete-Quality Control of concrete- Statistical Quality

Control- Acceptance criteria- Proportioning of concrete mix by normal

and pumpable concretes by BIS method of mix design – Formwork –

different types of formworks – selection of formwork for different

concrete works.

UNIT-V

Special Concretes: Light weight concrete-Light weight aggregate

concrete- Cellular concrete- No-fines Concrete- Fibre reinforced

concrete- Polymer concrete- Types of polymer concrete- Self

compacting concrete.

Text books

1. Properties of Concrete by A.M Neville- low priced Edition- 4th

edition

2. Concrete Technology by M.S. Shetty, S. Chand & Co

3. Concrete Technology by A.R. Santakumar, Oxford University

Press, New Delhi

References

1. Concrete Technology by Job Thomas, Cengage Learning

2. Concrete Technology by M.L. Gambhir, Tata McGraw Hill

publishers, New Delhi.

3. Concrete Micro structure, Properties and Materials-P.K. Mehta and

J.M. Monterio, McGraw Hill publishers.

4. IS 10262 (2009) Indian Standard Concrete Mixed Proportionally

guidelines (2009) I Version.

Course Outcomes


1. Discuss properties of all ingredients in concrete including

admixtures.

2. Determine the properties of Fresh and Hardened concrete.

3. Design various mix proportions of concrete and learn the

importance of Durability.

4. List and discuss various special concretes and their applications.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30112) STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - I


2 1 0 3

UNIT-I

Analysis of Perfect Frames: Types of frames - Perfect. Imperfect and

redundant pin jointed frames. - Analysis of determinate pin jointed

frames - Analysis of determinate pin jointed frames using method of

joints, method of sections and tension coefficient method for vertical

loads, horizontal loads and inclined loads

UNIT-II

Energy Theorems: Introduction - Strain energy in linear elastic

system, expression of strain energy due to axial load, bending moment

and shear forces - Castigliano’s first theorem - Unit load Method.

Definitions of simple beams and pin- jointed plane trusses. Definitions

of statically determinate bent frames.

Three Hinged Arches - Introduction- Types of Arches - Comparison

between three hinged and two hinged arches. Normal Thrust and radial

shear in an arch. Geometrical properties of parabolic and circular arch.

Three hinged circular arch at different levels. Absolute maximum

bending moment diagram for a three hinged arch.

UNIT-III

Propped Cantilever and Fixed Beams: Analysis of propped

cantilever and fixed beams, including the beams with varying moments

of inertia, subjected to uniformly distributed load, central point load,

eccentric point load, number of point loads, uniformly varying load,

couple and combination of loads - Shear force and Bending moment

diagrams for propped Cantilever and Fixed Beams - Deflection of

propped cantilever and fixed beams; effect of rotation of a support.

UNIT-IV

Slope - Deflection Method and moment Distribution Method:

Introduction - Continuous beams. Clapeyron’s theorem of three

moments- Analysis of continuous beams with constant and variable

moments of inertia with one or both ends fixed - continuous beams

with overhang. Effects of sinking of supports. Derivation of slope-

deflection equation, application to continuous beams with and without


B. Tech (CE) R-18

settlement of supports using Moment Distribution Method. Shear force

and bending moment diagrams, Elastic curve.

UNIT-V

Moving Loads and Influence Lines: Introduction maximum SF and

BM at a given section and absolute maximum SF and B.M due to

single concentrated load U.D load longer than the span, U.D load

shorter than the span, two point loads with fixed distance between and

them and several point loads - Equivalent uniformly distributed load -

Focal length. Definition of influence line for SF, Influence line for

BM- load position for maximum SF at a section- Load position for

maximum BM at a section - point loads, UDL longer than the span,

UDL shorter than the span- influence lines for forces in members of

pratt and Warren trusses.

Text Books

1. Structural Analysis Vol - I and II by Vazarani and Ratwani, Khanna

Publishers.

2. Structural Analysis Vol I & II by Pundit and Guptha., Tata

McGraw Hill Publishers.

Reference Books

1. Basic Structural Analysis by K.U. Muthu et al., I.K. International

Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

2. Structural Analysis by Hibbeler, Pearson Education Ltd

3. Basic Structural Analysis by C.S. Reddy., Tata McGraw Hill

Publishers.

4. Fundamentals of structural Analysis by M.L. Gamhir, PHI.

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course the student will be able to: 1. Analyse simple beam and pin jointed trusses.

2. Analyse three hinged arches for primary and secondary loads;

Strain energy principles- Castigliano’s theorems.

3. Analyse indeterminate beams using three moment theorem, slope

deflection and moment distribution methods.

4. Analyse the propped cantilever and fixed beam with different load

combination.

5. Analyse beams and trusses under moving loads with and without

the aid of influence line diagrams.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30113) FLUID MECHANICS & HYDRAULIC

MACHINERY LAB

B. Tech. (CE) IV-Semester L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

EXPERIMENTS

Any 10 experiments to be conducted:

1. Calibration of Venturimeter & Orifice meter

2. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice by a

constant head method.

3. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for an external mouth

piece by variable head method.

4. Calibration of contracted Rectangular Notch and /or Triangular

Notch

5. Determination of Coefficient of loss of head in a sudden

contraction and friction factor.

6. Verification of Bernoulli‘s equation.

7. Impact of jet on vanes

8. Performance test on reciprocating pump

9. Performance test on single stage centrifugal pump

10. Performance and Specific speed test on Pelton wheel (or Turbo

Wheel)

11. Performance and specific speed test on Francis Turbine

12. Performance and specific speed test on Kaplan Turbine

13. Performance test on multi stage centrifugal pump

Course Outcomes

After completion of the course, the student shall be able to:

1. Apply the knowledge in verification of fluid flow and estimate the

friction and frictional less in fluid flow.

2. Calibrate discharge measuring devises and finding discharge

through the venture meter and the orifice meter

3. Calibrate discharge measuring devises for open channel or free

flow like rectangular and triangular notch.

4. Calculate the coefficient of discharge for outlet devises viz small

orifices and mouth pieces.

5. Determine performance characteristics of popular turbines and

pumps.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30114) SURVEYING LAB – II


0 0 3 1.5

LIST OF EXERCISES

1. Study of theodolite in detail - practice for measurement of

horizontal and vertical angles.

2. Measurement of horizontal angles by method of repetition and

reiteration.

3. Trigonometric Leveling - Heights and distance problem (Two

Exercises)

4. Heights and distance using Principles of tachometric surveying

(Two Exercises)

5. Curve setting: different methods. (Two Exercises)

6. Setting out works for buildings & pipe lines. 7. Determine of area using total station

8. Traversing using total station

9. Contouring using total station

10. Determination of remote height using total station

11. State-out using total station

12. Distance, gradient, Diff, height between tow inaccessible points

using total stations

Course Outcomes

After completion of the experiments in this lab, the student shall be

able to:

1. Find the horizontal distances, heights and elevations by

conducting theodolite surveying.


conducting tachometric surveying.

3. Set out the simple circular curves in the field for roads and

railway lines by linear and angular instruments.


conducting total station surveying.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30016) GENDER SENSITIZATION

(An Activity-based Course)


0 0 2 0

UNIT-I

Understanding Gender

Lesson 1 – Gender: Why should we study it?

Lesson 2 – Socialization: Making Women, Making Men

Lesson 12 – Just Relationships: Being together as Equals

UNIT-II

Gender and Biology

Lesson 4 – Missing Women: Sex selection and its consequences

Lesson 10 – Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary

Lesson 13 – Additional Reading: Our Bodies, Our Health

UNIT-III

Gender and Labour

Lesson 3 – Housework: The Invisible Labour

Lesson 7 – Women’s Work: Its Politics and Economics

UNIT-IV

Issues of Violence

Lesson 6 – Sexual Harassment: Say No!

Lesson 8 – Domestic Violence: Speaking Out

Lesson 11 – Thinking about Sexual Violence

UNIT-V

Gender Studies

Lesson 5 – Knowledge: Through the Lens of Gender

Lesson 9 – Who’s History? Questions for Historians and Others.

Course Outcomes


1. Identify realities of gender discrimination prevalent in the society

at all levels.

2. Infer and discuss historical evidences, perspective and voices of

discrimination against women in all societies and civilizations..

3. Identify, protest and overcome the evils of body shaming.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

4. Analyze discrimination and exploitation of women labour in

domestic as well as social sphere. Learners infer women’s

rights, women’s wage disparities, women’s issues and

demonstrate these grievances through law.

5. Identify different types of sexual exploitation; sexual violence

and marital violence show empathy towards victims of such

violence and generate public opinion in face of any

exploitation


B. Tech (CE) R-18

V SEMESTER

(A30013) BUSINESS MANAGEMENT & FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

B.Tech (CE) V Semester L T P C

4 0 0 4

UNIT – I Introduction of Management Concepts:Concept, Origin, Growth,

Nature, Characteristics, Scope and Principles of Management. Functions of

Management: Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing, Coordinating, Reporting

and Budgeting. Scientific Management- FW Taylor Contributions to Management

Modern Management- Henry Fayol Contributions to Management Human

Relations Approach to Management: Theories of Motivation and Leadership

UNIT – I Functional areas of Management:Production Management: Systems

of Production, PPC functions & Plant Layout. Financial Management: Objectives,

Goals, & Functions of Financial Management. Marketing Management: Recent

Trends in Marketing & Marketing Mix. Human Resources Management: Nature,

Objectives, Scope & Functions of HR Management

UNIT – III Introduction to Managerial Economics & Business

Environment:Definition, Nature, Scope and Functions Managerial Economics,

Difference between Micro & Macro Economics Internal & External Scanning of

Business Environment, Importance of National Income, Inflation, Deflation,

Stagflation, Business Cycle & Product Life Cycle Concepts. Concept & Law of

Demand, Factors Influencing and Limitations. Concept of Elasticity of Demand,

Types of Elasticity, Methods of Measuring Elasticity. Introduction to Demand

Forecasting, Objectives, Scope, Types and Methods.

UNIT –IV Theory of Production, Cost, Price & Markets:Production Function,

Assumptions, Limitations & Types Cost Concepts, Cost-Output Relationship,

Break Even Analysis Assumptions, Limitations & Applications (Simple

Problems). Theory of Pricing, Objectives, Situations & Types. Introductions

Markets, Demand-Supply Schedule for Equilibrium Price, Nature & Types of

Competition.

UNIT – V Introduction to Financial Statement Analysis: Types & Objectives

of Business Enterprises, Conventional & Non-Conventional Sources of Financing

Business Enterprise. Identification of Financial Statement Formats-Manufacturing


B. Tech (CE) R-18

A/c, Trading A/c, Profit & Loss A/c, Balance Sheet. Techniques of Analyzing

Financial Statements: Analysis & Interpretation through Liquidity, Leverage,

Coverage, Activity, Turnover, Profitability Ratios-Simple Problems on Liquidity,

Leverage and Activity Ratios

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will

Apply Knowledge of management theories & practices to solve business

decisions

Ability to integrate functional departments of an organization

Ability to understand business environment for making critical decisions

in a business.

Identifies factors involved in production and markets.

Ability to analyse financial position of a firm.

Text Books:

1. Varshney, Maheswari (2003), Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand, New

Delhi,India.

2. Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert, Management, 6th Ed, Pearson Education, New Delhi,

2004.

Reference Books:

1. Kotler Philip & Keller Kevin Lane: Marketing Mangement 12/e, PHI, 2005

2. Koontz &Weihrich: Essentials of Management, 6/e, TMH, 2005 Thomas

N.Duening& John M.Ivancevich Management—Principles and Guidelines,

Biztantra, 2003.

3. Ambrish Gupta (2004), Financial Accounting for Management, Pearson

Education, New Delhi, India.

4. Domnick Salvatore (2011), Managerial Economics in a Global Economy, 7th

edition, Oxford University Press, United States of America.

5. Narayanaswamy (2005), Financial Accounting, A Managerial Perspective,

Prentice Hall of India private Ltd, New Delhi, India.

6. Aryasri (2005), Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, 2nd edition,

Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, India


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30115) DESIGN AND DRAWING OF RCC STRUCTURES


2 0 2 3

Course Objectives

To help students to understand the fundamental principles and procedures

of reinforced concrete design;

To Help students learn to apply the principles of reinforced concrete

design to real world problems; and

To prepare students for entry level structural engineering employment.

Unit - I

Concepts of RC Design – Limit State method - Material Stress - Strain Curves -

Safety factors - Characteristic values. Stress Block parameters - IS - 456 - 2000 -

Working Stress Method.

Beams: Limit state analysis and design of singly reinforced, doubly reinforced, T

and L beam sections.

Unit - II

Shear, Torsion and Bond: Limit state analysis and design of section for shear and

torsion - concept of bond, anchorage and development length. I.S. code provisions.

Design examples in simply supported and continuous beams, detailing Limit state

design for serviceability for deflection, cracking and codal provision.

Unit - III

Design of Two- way slab, one way slab and continuous slab Using IS Coefficients,

Cantilever slab / Canopy slab.

Unit - IV

Design of columns and Struts - Short and Long columns - axial loads, uni-axial

and biaxial bending IS Code provisions.

Unit - V

Design of Footings- isolated (square, rectangular) and combined footings. Design

of stair case.

Text books:

1. Limit state design of reinforced concrete - P.C.Varghese, Prentice Hall of

India, New Delhi.

2. Reinforced concrete design by N.Krishna Raju and R.N. Pranesh. New age

International Publishers, New Delhi


B. Tech (CE) R-18

3. RCC Design, Laxmi Publications (LP) by B.C. Punmia (Author), Ashok

Kumar Jain (Author), Arun Kumar Jain

4. Reinforced concrete design by S.UnnikrishnaPillai&DevadasMenon, Tata

Mc.Graw Hill, New Delhi.

5. Fundamentals of reinforced concrete by N.C.Sinha and S.K.Roy, S.Chand

publishers.

6. Design of RC Foundations by P.C.Varghese, PHI

References:

1. Fundamentals of Reinforced concrete design by M.L.Gambhir, Printice

Hallo of India Ltd., New Delhi.

2. Reinforced concrete structural elements - behaviour, Analysis and design

by P.Purushotham. Tata Mc.Graw - Hill , 1994

3. IS SP 34 : Handbook On Concrete Reinforcement And Detailing (With

Amendment 1)

Course Outcomes:

1. Explain comprehend the concept of limit states design method for collapse

and serviceability, material properties and behaviour.

2. Design Reinforced Concrete Flexural members - Beams, Slabs, Footings

under bending, Shear and torsion.

3. Design Reinforced concrete compression numbers - Columns under

combined action of axial load and bending.

4. Calculate crack width and long term reflections as per limit state of

serviceability.

Notes:

Students would be allowed to use the following handbooks and or codes of

practice in the internal as well as the university examination.

1. IS 456:2000 Indian standard ‘Plain And Reinforced Concrete - Code Of

Practice’ ( Fourth Revision )

2. SP 16 (1980): Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS 456:1978.

Extracts from this handbook are required to solve problems in the design

of uniaxial and biaxial bending of RC Columns

3. Semester end examination would test the skill of the student on the design,

detailing and drawing of RCC Members. To achieve this objective,

Semester end examination would have a compulsory section exclusively

dedicated to design, detailing and drawing of one of the following RC

members namely beams, slabs, columns, footings and stairs. The questions

in the other section would focus on the understanding of the principles and

concepts, analysis and design oriented problems.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30116) GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

1) Able to understand the principles of soil mechanics and application in

engineering practices.

2) Able to estimate the relation between engineering properties and their

characteristics which control these properties.

3) Able to elucidate the laboratory methods to find out soil properties.

4) Able to apply basic analytical procedures to obtain the engineering quantity and

understand their limitations.

Unit – I

Introduction: Origin- Soil formation – soil structure and clay mineralogy –

Adsorbed water – Mass- volume relationship –Relative density.

INDEX PROPERTIES OF SOILS: Grain size analysis – Sieve and Hydrometer

methods – consistency limits and indices –I.S. Classification of soils

Unit –II

Permeability: Soil water – capillary rise – flow of water through soils – Darcy’s

law- permeability – Factors affecting –laboratory determination of coefficient of

permeability –Permeability of layered systems. In-situ permeability tests

(pumping-in and pumping-out tests)

Seepage through Soils: Total, neutral and effective stresses –quick sand condition

– Seepage through soils –Flownets: Characteristics and Uses.

Unit – III

Stress Distribution in Soils: Boussinesq’s and Westergaard’s theories for point

loads and areas of different shapes – Newmark’s influence chart.

Compaction: Mechanism of compaction – factors affecting – effects of

compaction on soil properties. – Field compaction Equipment – compaction

quality control.

Unit – IV

Consolidation : Spring analogy-Void ratio and effective stress (e vs log p

relationship- Terzaghi’s theory of one dimensional consolidation – Assumptions

and derivation of Governing Differential Equation (GDE)-Computation of

magnitude of settlement and time rate of settlement


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Unit – V

Shear Strength of Soils : Importance of shear strength-Mohr’s – Coulomb’s

Failure theories – Shear Parameters-Laboratory tests for determination of strength

tests –Direct shear test, Tri-axial compression test(UU,CU and CD) and

unconfined compression tests- Vane shear test. Factors affecting shear strength of

cohesion less and cohesive soils- Determination of elastic moduli.

Text books:

1 Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan & ASR Rao, New age

International Pvt . Ltd, New Delhi

2. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering . By K.R. Arora, Standard

Publishers and Distributors, Delhi. Ltd., New Delhi

3. Geotechnical Engineering by C. Venkataramiah, New age International Pvt .

Ltd, ( 2002).

4. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. By V.N.S. Murthy, CBS

Publishers and Distributors.

5. Principles of geotechnical Engineering by B.M. Das, Cingage learning

publishers

References:

1. Soil Mechanics and Foundation by by B.C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and

Arun Kumar Jain, Laxmi, publications Pvt.

2. Soil Mechanics – T.W. Lambe and Whitman, Mc-Graw Hill Publishing

Company, Newyork.

3. Geotechnical Engineering by Purushotham Raj

4. Geotechnical Engineering by Manoj Dutta & Gulati S.K – Tata Mc. Graw hill

Publishers New Delhi.

Course Outcomes: 1. Explain the relevant engineering properties of soils and their characteristics

and describe the factors which control these properties.

2. Estimate the permeability and seepage though soils

3. Explain the stresses on the soil and compaction properties of soil

4. Explain consolidation and shear strength of the soils.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30117) TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING I


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

Study the behavior of pavements under various loads able to design the

flexible and rigid pavements using different Empirical, semi-empirical and

theoretical approaches

Learn the characteristics, properties and testing procedures of highway

materials such as soil, aggregate and bitumen

Unit- I

Highway Development and Planning: Highway development in India –

Necessity for Highway Planning- Different Road Development Plans-

Classification of Roads- Road Network Patterns – Highway Alignment- Factors

affecting Alignment- Engineering Surveys – Drawings and Reports

Unit – II

Highway Geometric Design: Importance of Geometric Design- Design controls

and Criteria- Highway Cross Section Elements- Sight Distance Elements-Stopping

sight Distance, Overtaking Sight Distance and intermediate Sight Distance-

Design of Horizontal Alignment-Design of Super elevation and Extra widening-

Design of Transition Curves-Design of Vertical alignment-Gradients- Vertical

curves.

Unit – III

Traffic Engineering & Regulations: Basic Parameters of Traffic-Volume, Speed

and Density- Traffic Volume Studies- Data Collection and Presentation- speed

studies- Data Collection and Presentation-Origin & Destination Studies, Parking

Studies – On Streets & Off-street Parking- Road Accidents- Causes and Preventive

Measures- Accident Data Recording – Condition Diagram and Collision

Diagrams-Traffic Signs – Types and Specifications – Road Markings- Need for

Road Markings- Types of Road Markings- Design of Traffic Signals- Webster

Method.

Unit – IV

Intersection Design: Types of Intersections – Conflicts at Intersections-

Requirements of At-Grade Intersections- Types of At-Grade Intersections-

Channelized and Unchannelized Intersections—Traffic Islands -Types of Grade

Separated Intersections- Rotary Intersection – Concept of Rotary – Design Factors


B. Tech (CE) R-18

of Rotary- Advantages and Limitations of Rotary Intersections

Unit- V

Highway Material, Construction and Maintenance: Highway Material

Characterization: Sub grade Soil, Stone Aggregates, Bitumen Materials.

Construction of Gravel Roads- Construction of water Bound Macadam Roads-

Construction of Bituminous Pavements: Surface Dressing, Bitumen Bound

Macadam, Bituminous Concrete- Construction of Cement Concrete Pavements-

Construction of joints on cement Concrete Pavements-joint Filler and Seal-

Pavement Failures- Maintenance of Highways- Highway Drainage.

Text books:

1. Highway Engineering – S.K.Khanna & C.E.G. Justo, Nemchand & Bros., 7th

edition (2000).

2. Railway Engineering – A text book of Transportation Engineering – S.P.

Chadula – S. Chand & Co. Ltd. – (2001).

3. Highway Engineering Design – L.R. Kadiyali and Lal- Khanna Publications.

4. Airport Planning and Design- S.K. Khanna and Arora, Nemchand Bros.

References:

1. Highway Engineering – S.P.Bindra , DhanpatRai& Sons. – 4th Edition

(1981)

2. Traffic Engineering & Transportation Planning – Dr.L.R.Kadyali, Khanna

publications – 6th Edition – 1997.

3. Railway Engineering – August – Prabha & Co., 15th Edition – 1994.

4. Air Transportation Planning & design – Virendhra Kumar & Statish

Chandhra – Gal Gotia Publishers (1999).

Course Outcomes:

1. Explain history of transportation and development roads.

2. Explain geometric design of roads, traffic Engineering & Traffic regulation,

Management studies & Intersection design using various methods.

3. Explain plain railway engineering, its component of railway track & its

Geometric designs

Explain basic requirement for airport & its geometric design (A30140)


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30118) STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS -II

B.Tech (CE) VI Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objective

To develop an understanding of theory and application of the various

advanced methods of structural analysis.

To understand the analytical procedure related to the analysis of building

frame by some classical methods viz. Kani’s methods and approximate

methods of analysis.

To understand matrix method and its application for computer based analysis

of structure.

To develop the skill to deals with the problems of moving loads in the

structures and their analysis techniques.

Unit - I

Moment Distribution Method - Analysis of single Bay Single Story Portal

Frames including side sway. Analysis of inclined frames

Kani’s Method: Analysis of continuous beams including settlement of supports.

Analysis of single bay single storey by Kani’s Method including Side sway. Shear

force and bending moment diagrams. Elastic curve.

Unit - II

Slope Deflection Method: Analysis of single Bay - Single storey Portal Frames

by Slope Deflection Method Including Side Sway. Shear force and bending

moment diagrams. Elastic curve.

Two Hinged Arches: Introduction - Classification of Two hinged Arches -

Analysis of Two Hinged Parabolic arches - Secondary stresses in two hinged

arches due to temperature and elastic shortening of rib.

Unit – III

Approximate Methods of Analysis: Introduction - Analysis of multi- storey

frames for lateral loads: Portal Method, Cantilever method and Factor method.

Analysis of multi- storey frames for gravity (vertical) loads. Substitute Frame

method. Two Cycle Moment Distribution method for approximate analysis of

vertical loads- Analysis of Mill bents.

Unit – IV

Matrix Methods of Analysis (System Approach): Introduction - Static and

Kinematic Indeterminacy - Analysis of continuous beams including settlement of


B. Tech (CE) R-18

supports up to three degrees of indeterminacy using stiffness method. Analysis of

pin-jointed determinate plane frames using stiffness method - Analysis of single

bay single storey frames including side sway, using stiffness method. Analysis of

continuous beams upto three degree of indeterminacy using flexible method. Shear

force and bending moment diagrams. Elastic curve.

Unit - V

Influence Lines for Indeterminate Beams: Introduction - ILD for two span

continuous beam with constant and variable moments of inertia. ILD for propped

cantilever beams.

Indeterminate Trusses: Determination of static and kinematic indeterminacies -

Analysis of trusses having single and two degree of internal and external

indeterminacies - Castigliano’s second theorem.

Text books:

1. Structural Analysis Vol - I and II by Pundit and Gupta., Tata McGrew Hill

Publishers.

2. Indeterminate Structural Analysis by K.U. Muthu et al., I.K. International

Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

3. Advanced Structural Analysis by A.K. Jain, Nem Chand Bros.

References:

1. Matrix Analysis of Structures by Singh, Cengage Learning Pvt.Ltd.

2. Structural Analysis by Hibbeler, Pearson Publishing House.

3. Matrix Analysis of Structures by Pundit and Gupta. Tata McGraw Hill

Publishers.

4. Structural Analysis Vol - I & II by Vizarani and Ratwani, Khanna

Publishers.

Course Outcomes

1. Explain fundamental concept and methods of structural analysis.

2. Calculate rotations and displacements, in building frames subjected to vertical

and lateral loadings.

3. Generate mathematical expressions involving all possible structural actions.

4. Analyze building framing system and its components under the action of

gravity and lateral loads.

5. Identify, formulate and solve engineering problems and to effectively use and

apply the computer friendly structural analysis techniques viz. stiffness and

flexibility methods to the field problems.

6. Solve the problems of moving loads in the structures.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30140) SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGMENT

(Professional Elective – I)


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

To provide comprehensive overview of solid, biomedical and hazardous

waste management.

To provide knowledge on solid waste management design aspects.

To learn about the different methods of solid waste management.

Unit I

Solid waste – sources and engineering classification, characterization, generation

and quantification. Transport - collection systems, collection equipment, transfer

stations, collection route optimization.

Unit II

Treatment methods - various methods of refuse processing, recovery, recycle and

reuse, composting – aerobic and anaerobic, incineration, pyrolysis and energy

recovery.

Unit III

Disposal methods – Impacts of open dumping, site selection, sanitary land filling –

design criteria and design examples, leachate and gas collection systems, leachate

treatment.

Unit IV

Biomedical Waste management – sources, treatment and disposal Hazardous

Waste Management- Introduction, Sources, Classification, Physico-chemical,

Chemical and Biological Treatment of hazardous waste, regulations.

Unit V

Thermal treatment - Incineration and pyrolysis. Soil contamination and site

remediation – bioremediation processes, monitoring of disposal sites.

Course outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to

1. Know solid waste remedial measures and their importance.

2. Undertake projects related to solid waste management.

REFERENCES:


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Tchobanoglous G., Theissen H., and EIiassen R.(1991), “Solid Waste

Engineering - Principles and Management Issues”, McGraw Hill, New York.

2. Pavoni J.L(1973)., “Handbook of Solid Waste Disposal”.

3. Peavy, Rowe and Tchobanoglous (1985), “Environmental Engineering”,

McGraw Hill Co. 4th Edition

4. Mantell C.L., (1975), “Solid Waste Management”, John Wiley.

5. CPHEEO, Manual on Municipal Solid waste management, Central Public

Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation, Government of India,

New Delhi, 2000.

6. WHO Manual on Solid Waste Management.

7. Vesiland A.(2002), “Solid Waste Engineering”, Thompson Books.

8. Hazardous waste (management and handling) rules, 2001

9. Biomedical (Handling and Management) Rules 2008


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30141) INDUSTRAIL WASTE WATER TREATMENT



3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The objective of the teacher is to impart knowledge and

abilities to the students to:

Distinguish between the quality of domestic and industrial water

requirements and Wastewater quantity generation

Understand the industrial process, water utilization and waste water

generation

Impart knowledge on selection of treatment methods for industrial

wastewater

Acquire the knowledge on operational problems of common effluent

treatment plants.

Gain knowledge on different techniques and approaches for minimizing

the generation and application of Physio chemical and biological

treatment methods for recovery, reuse and disposal of industrial

wastewater.

Unit – I:

Sources of Pollution - Physical, Chemical, Organic & Biological properties of

Industrial Wastes - Difference between industrial & municipal waste waters -

Effects of industrial effluents on sewers and Natural water Bodies.

Unit – II: Pre & Primary Treatment - Equalization, Proportioning, Neutralization, Oil

separation by Floating-Waste Reduction-Volume Reduction-Strength Reduction.

Unit-III:

Waste Treatment Methods - Nitrification and De-nitrification-Phosphorous

removal -Heavy metal removal - Membrane Separation Process - Air Stripping

and Absorption Processes - Special Treatment Methods - Disposal of Treated

Waste Water.

Unit-IV:

Characteristics and Composition of waste water and Manufacturing Processes of

Industries like Sugar, Characteristics and Composition of Industries like Food

processing Industries, Steel, and Petroleum Refineries.

Unit-V:

Characteristics and Composition of Industries like Textiles, Tanneries, Atomic

Energy Plants and other Mineral Processing Industries – Joint Treatment of Raw

Industries waste water and Domestic Sewage – Common Effluent Treatment


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Plants(CETP) – Location, Design, Operation and Maintenance Problems –

Economical aspects.

Suggested Text Books:

1. Metcalf & Eddy, “Wastewater engineering Treatment disposal reuse”, Tata

McGraw Hill.

2. Eckenfelder, W.W., “Industrial Water Pollution Control”, McGraw-Hill

Reference Books:

1. M.N. Rao and Dutta – Industrial Waste.

2. Mark J. Hammer, Mark J. Hammer, Jr., “Water & Wastewater Technology”,

Prentice Hall of India.

3. N.L. Nemerrow –Theories and practices of Industrial Waste Engineering.

4. C.G. Gurnham –Principles of Industrial Waste Engineering.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30142) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESMENT



3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

This subject will cover various aspects of Environment Impact

Assessment methodologies, impact of development activities.

Impact on surface water, Air and Biological Environment, Environment

legislation Environment.

UNIT – I

Basic concept of EIA : Initial environmental Examination, Elements of EIA, -

factors affecting E-I-A Impact evaluation and analysis, preparation of

Environmental Base map, Classification of environmental parameters. E I A

Methodologies: introduction, Criteria for the selection of EIA Methodology, E I A

methods, Ad-hoc methods, matrix methods, Network method Environmental

Media Quality Index method, overlay methods, cost/benefit Analysis.

UNIT- II

Assessment of Impact of development Activities on Vegetation and wildlife,

environmental Impact of Deforestation – Causes and effects of deforestation.

UNIT- III

Procurement of relevant soil quality, Impact prediction, Assessment of Impact

significance, Identification and Incorporation of mitigation measures.

UNIT – IV

Environmental Audit & Environmental legislation objectives of Environmental

Audit, Types of environmental Audit, Audit protocel, stages of Environmental

Audit, onsite activities, evaluation of Audit data and preparation of Audit report,

Post Audit activities.

UNIT - V

The Environmental Protection Act, The water Act, The Air (Prevention & Control


B. Tech (CE) R-18

of pollution Act.), Motor Act, Wild life Act. Case studies and preparation of

Environmental Impact assessment statement for various Industries.

Course Outcomes:

Identify the environmental attributes to be considered for the EIA study.

Formulate objectives of the EIA studies.

Identify the suitable methodology and prepare Rapid EIA.

Indentify and incorporate mitigation measures.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Larry Canter – Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw-Hill Publications

2. Environmental Impact Assessment, Barthwal, R. R. New Age International

Publications

REFERENCES:

1. Environmental Pollution by R.K. Khitoliya S. Chand, 2014.

2. Glynn, J. and Gary, W. H. K. - Environmental Science and Engineering,

Prentice Hall Publishers

3. Suresh K. Dhaneja - Environmental Science and Engineering, S.K. Kataria &

Sons Publication. New Delhi.

4. Bhatia, H. S. - Environmental Pollution and Control, Galgotia Publication (P)

Ltd, Delhi.

5. Wathern, P. – Environmental Impact Assessment: Theory & Practice,

PublishersRutledge, London, 1992.

(A30119) CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LAB


0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

To test the basic properties ingredients of concrete, fresh and

hardened concrete properties.

List of Experiments

1. Specific gravity of cement

2. Bulking of sand

3. Fineness modulus of fine and course aggregate


B. Tech (CE) R-18

4. Normal Consistency of finesses of cement

5. Initial Setting Time and Final Setting Time of Cement

6. Soundness of Cement

7. Compressive Strength of Cement.

8. Workability test on concrete by Slump cone

9. Workability test on concrete by Vee-bee.

10. Workability test on concrete by compaction factor test

11. Young’s Modulus and compressive strength of concrete

12. Non - Destructive testing on concrete (for demonstration)

List of equipment:

1. Specific gravity and absorption set up

2. Shape tests set up

3. Fineness modulus of fine and course aggregate apparatus

4. Normal consistency of finess of cement set up

5. Cement setting time equipment

6. Specific gravity and soundness of cement set up

7. Compressive testing machine

8. Workability test on concrete by compaction factor

9. Slump cone and setup

10. Vee-bee apparatus

11. Bulking of sand apparatus

12. Non-destructive testing on concrete

References:

1. Concrete Technology by M.S.Shetty.- S. Chand& Co

2. Concrete Lab Manual by M.L.Gambhir, _ TATA McGraw Hill

Course Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of this course, student will be able to

1. Determine the bulking of sand.

2. Determine the specific gravity of coarse aggregate and fine aggregate by Sieve

analysis.

3. Determine the flakiness and elongation index of aggregates.

4. Determine the consistency and fineness of cement.

5. Determine the specific gravity, setting times, soundness and compressive

strength of cement.

6. Determine the workability of cement concrete by compaction factor, slump

and Vee – Bee tests

7. Explain the non-destructive testing procedures on concrete.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30120) HIGHWAY MATERIAL & ENGINEERING GEOLOGY

LAB


0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

To supplement theoretical knowledge and to give an idea of practical

application of the engineering geology lab which has been designed to have

basics of geological mapping and identification of minerals and rocks.

To test crushing value, impact resistance, specific gravity and water

absorption, percentage attrition, percentage abrasion, flakiness index and

elongation index for the given road aggregates.

To know penetration value, ductility value, softening point, flash and fire

point, viscosity and stripping for the given bitumen grade.

I. Highway material

1. Aggregate impact and crushing value

2. Specific gravity and water absorption

3. Attrition Test

4. Abrasion Test

5. Shape Tests

6. Ductility Test and Softening point Test

7. Flash & fire point and Penetration Test

II. Engineering Geology

1. Study of physical Properties and Identification of minerals referred under

theory

2. Megascopic and Microscopic description and identification of rocks referred

under theory.

3. Megascopic and Microscopic identification of rocks & minerals.

4. Interpretation and drawing of sections for geological maps showing tilted

beds faults, uniformities etc

5. Simple Structural Geology problems

Course outcomes:

1. Test aggregates and judge the suitability of materials for the road construction


B. Tech (CE) R-18

2. Test the given bitumen samples and judge their suitability for the road

construction

3. Compute the optimum bitumen content for the mix design.

4. Explain ground surface features based on map patterns of contour within the

framework of fundamental concepts of basic sciences with emphasis on

practical application in civil engineering.

5. Explain about different earth materials, their physical properties and their

application in day to day use.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30015) SOFT SKILLS & PROFESSIONAL ETHICS


2 0 0 0

B.Tech (CE) IV Semester

L T P C

2 0 0 0

0

MODULE 1. Business Communication Skills

English Language Enhancement

The Art of Communication

OBJECTIVE

The student will gain a functional understanding of basic

English Grammar

Practice language skills to eliminate errors in pronunciation and

sentence construction

Understand and enhance interpersonal communication process

MODULE 2. Intrapersonal & Interpersonal Relationship Skills

Intrapersonal Relationships

Interpersonal Relationships – To be an Effective Team

Player

OBJECTIVE

The student will understand the importance of and the various

skills involved in developing enriching interpersonal

relationships

Be more aware of his/her own self – confidence, values

Understand and handle emotions of self and others.

Understand the necessity and importance of working together as a

team

Learn how to go about being a good team player and form an

effective team

Have put their team building skills to test in the various activities

to understand where they stand and improve themselves with

each succeeding activity.

MODULE 3. Campus To Company

Corporate Dressing


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Corporate Grooming

Business Etiquette

Communication Media Etiquette

OBJECTIVE

The student will understand what constitutes proper grooming

and etiquette in a professional environment.

Have some practical tips to handle him/her in a given professional

setting.

Have practiced the skills necessary to demonstrate a comfort level

in executing the same.

MODULE 4. Group Discussions, Interviews and Presentations

Group Discussions

Interviews

Presentations

OBJECTIVE

The student will be able to appreciate the nuances of the Group

Decision-making process.

Understand the skills tested and participate effectively in Group

Discussions.

Learn the basics of how to make an effective presentation and

have numerous practice presentations in small groups and larger

audiences.

Attend any type of interview with the confidence borne out of

knowledge gained and practice sessions.

MODULE 5. Entrepreneurial Skills Development

Goal Setting

Entrepreneurial Skills – Awareness and Development

Objective

The student will be able to set specific measurable goals for

themselves in their personal and/or professional life.

Understand the skills and the intricacies involved in starting an

entrepreneurial venture.

References

1. UNLEASH the power within….Soft Skills – Training Manual (Infosys

Campus Connect)


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30022) NCC/NSS


2 0 0 0


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30121) MINI PROJECT-I


0 0 0 0


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30122) INTERNSHIP-I


0 0 0 0


B. Tech (CE) R-18

VI SEMESTER

(A30123) DESIGN AND DRAWING OF STEEL STRUCTURES


2 0 2 3

Course Objectives

To help students understand the fundamental principles and procedures of

Structural Steel design.

To help students learn to apply the principles of Structural Steel design to

real world problems.

To prepare students for entry level structural engineering employment.

Unit - I

Materials - Making of iron and steel - Types of structural steel - mechanical

properties of steel - Concepts of plasticity - yield strength, behaviour of steel, local

buckling. Concept of limit State Design - Different Limit States as per IS 800 :

2007 - Design Strengths - deflection limits – serviceability- Loads and

combinations of loads, wind loads on roof trusses.

Bolted connections - Design Strength of a joint in bearing, shear and direct tension

–zig-zag and chain bolting- Efficiency of a bolted joint - Prying action-IS Code

requirements- Gusset Plates- Design of bolted joints.

Welded Connections -Types of Welded joints- Advantages and disadvantages of

welding- Strength of welds-Butt and fillet welds - Permissible stresses in welds -

IS Code requirements. Design of welds.

Unit -II

General Design of members subjected to direct tension and bending – Lug Angles.

Design of compression members - Buckling class - slenderness ratio- permissible

stresses. Design of compression members (simple, built-up laced and battened

columns) - column splice - column base - slab base.

Unit –III

Design of beams - Plastic moment - Bending and shear strength- design of

laterally supported and unsupported beams - Built up sections - large plates- Web

buckling and crippling - Deflection of Beams - Design of Purlins.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Unit -IV

Beam to beam and beam to Column connections.- Design of eccentric connections

with and without brackets- fillet weld subjected to moment acting in the plane and

at right angles to the plane of the joints- - Web angle - Un-stiffened seated

connections (bolted and Welded types)- Design of truss joints

Unit - V

Design of welded plate girders - optimum depth Design of main section - Design

of end bearing stiffeners and intermediate stiffeners. Connection between web and

flange- Curtailment of flange plates- Splicing- Design of web splices.

Text books:

1. Design of steel structures - N. Subramanian, Oxford University Press - 2009

2. Limit State Design of steel structures, S.K. Duggal, Tata McGraw- Hill,2010

Reference books:

1. Design of steel structures by K.S.Sai Ram, Person Education.

2. Design of Steel Structures Edwin H.Gaylord, Jr.Charles N.Gaylord and

James Stallmeyer Tata McGraw-Hill Education pvt.Ltd.

3. Design of steel structures Vol. 1& 2 - Ramchandra, Standard Publications.

Course Outcomes:

1. Explain the concept of limit state method of design of steel structures,

Material properties and types of steel and behaviour.

2. Design simple Bolted, Riveted and Welded Connections as well as eccentric

and moment connections.

3. Design Tension and compression Members including splice connections and

column bases, Beams and plate girder.

4. Calculate the forces in roof trusses and design the various structural elements

there in.

Notes:

Students would be allowed to use the following standards and or codes of practice

in the internal as well as the university examination.

1. IS 800 : 2007 Indian standard ‘General Construction In Steel Code of

Practice’ ( Third Revision)

2. IS:875 (Part 3) – 1987 Code of Practice For Design Loads (Other than

Earthquake) For Buildings and Structures Part 3 Wind Loads

(Second Revision)

3. Steel Tables


B. Tech (CE) R-18

4. Semester end examination would test the skill of the student on the

design, detailing and drawing of structural steel members. To achieve this

objective, semester end examination would have a compulsory section

exclusively dedicated to design, detailing and drawing of one of the

following steel members namely- beams, columns, truss members and

Plate Girders. The questions in the other section would focus on the

understanding of the principles and concepts, analysis and design

oriented problems.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30124) FOUNDATION ENGINEERING


2 1 0 3

Course Objectives

1. Understand and prepare bore logs for civil engineering projects.

2. Analyze the type of foundation suitability at a particular type of site.

Unit – I

Soil Exploration: Need, Methods of soil exploration, Boring and Sampling

methods, Field tests, Penetration Tests, Plate load test, Pressure meter, planning

of programme and preparation of soil investigation report.

Unit – II

Earth Slope Stability: Infinite and finite earth slopes, types of failures, factor

of safety of infinite slopes, stability analysis by Swedish arc method, standard

method of slices, Bishop’s Simplified method, Taylor’s Stability Number-

Stability of slopes of earth dams under different conditions.

Unit – III

Earth Pressure Theories: States of earth pressures-Active, Passive and at rest

conditions, Rankine’s theory-Computation of Active and Passive Earth

Pressures in Cohesion less and Cohesive soils, Coloumb’s wedge theory,

Culmann’s graphical method. Retaining Walls: Types of retaining walls, stability of retaining walls against

overturning, Sliding, bearing capacity and drainage from backfill.

Unit – IV

Shallow Foundations: Strength Criterion: Types, Choice of foundation, Location

of depth, safe bearing capacity, Terzaghi and Meyerhof, Skempton and IS

methods.

Shallow Foundations – settlement criteria – Safe bearing pressure based on N

value-Allowable bearing pressure: Safe bearing capacity- Allowable settlement of

structures

Unit-V

Pile Foundation: Types of piles – Load carrying capacity of piles based on static

pile formulae in different soils – Dynamic pile formulae – Pile load tests - Load

carrying capacity of pile groups in sands and clays – Settlement of pile groups.

Well Foundations: Types – Different shapes of wells, Components of wells,


B. Tech (CE) R-18

functions and design Criteria, Sinking of wells, Tilts and shifts.

Text books:

1. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan & ASR Rao, New Age

International Pvt. Ltd, (2004).

2. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. By V.N.S.Murthy, CBS

Publishers and Distributors.

3. Bowles, J.E., (1988) Foundation Analysis and Design – 4th Edition, McGraw-

Hill Publishing company, Newyork.

4. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. By K.R. Arora, Standard

Publishers and Distributors, Delhi

References:

1. Geotechnical Engineering by C. Venkataramiah, New age International Pvt .

Ltd, ( 2002).

2. Das, B.M., - (1999) Principles of Foundation Engineering –6th edition (Indian

edition) Thomson Engineering

3. Analysis and Design of Substructures – Swami Saran, Oxford and IBH

Publishing company Pvt Ltd ( 1998 ).

4. Geotechnical Engineering by S. K.Gulhati & ManojDatta – Tata Mc. Graw

Hill Publishing company New Delhi. 2005.

5. Soil Mechanics and Foundations by - by B.C.Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and

Arun Kumar Jain, Laxmi, publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

6. Foundation Engineering by Varghese, P.C., Prentice Hall of India., New

Delhi.

Course outcomes:

1. Explain various methods of exploration of soil investigation

2. Apply the different methods of slope stability and earth pressure theories.

3. Explain plan and design of retaining wall.

4. Explain the strength and settlement criteria in shallow foundations

5. Explain and design pile and well foundations


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30125) ESTIMATION AND COSTING


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

To prepare the detailed and abstract estimation of buildings using long wall

short wall method and centre line method.

To prepare the detailed and abstract estimation of earthwork for roads and

canals.

To calculate the rate analysis for different items of work in civil constructions.

To prepare the bar bending schedules of reinforcement.

To know the different types of contracts, contract documents and condition of

contract.

To prepare the bid analysis for a given sub trade and calculate the valuation of

building.

Unit – I General items of work in Building – Standard Unit Principles of working out

quantities for detailed and abstract estimates – Approximate method of Estimating.

Detailed Estimates of Buildings.

Unit – II Earthwork for roads and canals.

Unit – III Rate Analysis – Working out data for various items of work over head and

contingent charges.

Unit – IV Reinforcement bar bending and bar requirement schedules, Contracts, Types of

contracts, Contract Documents, Conditions of Contract.

Unit – V Valuation of buildings. Standard specifications for different items of building

construction.

Text Books


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Estimating and Costing by B.N. Dutta, UBBS Publishers, 2000.

2. Estimating and Costing by G.S. Birdie.

References 1. Standard Schedule of rates and standard data book by public works

department.

2. I.S. 1200 (Parts I to XXV – 1974/ method of measurement of building and

Civil Engineering work – B.I.S)

3. Estimation, Costing and Specifications by M. Chakraborthi; Laxmi

publications.

4. National Building Code.

Course outcomes:

1. Explain various types of estimates work stages and specification.

2. Estimate working out quantities for activities in roads and canals and

schedules preparation.

3. Calculate rate analysis for various items of works in civil construction.

4. Explain types of contracts, tenders and to prepare valuation of buildings.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30126) WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING -I


3 0 0 3

Course objective

In we are working in the field of irrigation Engineering. We should know

how much water is going into the ground from where the plants can take their

water also control the floods or avoid the lack of water for irrigation.

The knowledge of hydrology is pre-requisite for the irrigation engineering

and also for design of hydraulic structure. So one of the objectives of this

course is to impart the knowledge of hydrology that deals with the

occurrence, distribution, movement and properties of water on the earth.

To impart the knowledge of various irrigation techniques, requirements of

the crops.

Unit-I

Introduction to engineering hydrology and it’s applications, Hydrologic cycle,

types and forms of precipitation, rainfall measurement, types of rain gauges,

computation of average rainfall over a basin, processing of rainfall data –

Adjustment of record – Rainfall Double Mass Curve. Runoff – Factors affecting

Runoff- Runoff over a Catchment – Empirical and Rational Formulae.

Abstraction from rainfall – evaporation, factors affecting evaporation,

measurement of evaporation – Evapotranspiration – Penman and Blaney &

Criddle Methods – Infiltration, factors affecting infiltration, measurement of

infiltration, infiltration indices.

Unit – II

Distribution of Runoff – Hydrograph Analysis Flood Hydrograph – Effective

Rainfall – Base Flow – Base Flow Separation – Direct Runoff Hydrograph – Unit

Hydrograph, definition, and limitations of applications of Unit hydrograph ,

derivation of Unit Hydrograph from Direct Runoff Hydrograph and versa – S –

hydrograph, synthetic Unit Hydrograph.

Unit – III

Ground water Occurrence, types of aquifers, aquifer parameters, porosity, specific

yield, permeability, Transmissivity and storage coefficient, Darcy’s law, radial

flow to wells in confined and unconfined aquifers. Types of wells – well

Construction – well Development.

Unit – IV


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Necessity and Importance of Irrigation, advantages and ill effects of Irrigation,

types of Irrigation, methods of application of Irrigation water, Indian agricultural

soils, methods of improving soil fertility – Crop Rotation, preparation of land for

Irrigation, standards of quality for Irrigation water.

Soil – water – plant relationship, vertical distribution of soil moisture, soil

moisture constants, soil moisture tension , consumptive use, Duty and delta factors

affecting duty – Design discharge for a water course. Depth and frequency of

Irrigation, irrigation efficiencies – Water Logging.

Unit – V

Classification of canals, Design of Irrigation canal by Kennedy’s and Lacey’s

theories, balancing depth of cutting, IS standards for a canal design canal lining

Design Discharge over a catchment, computation of design discharge – rational

formula, SCS curve number method, flood frequency analysis – Introductory part

only. Stream Gauging – measurement and estimation of stream flow.

Text books:

1. Engineering Hydrology by Jayaram Reddy, Laxmi Publication Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi

2. Irrigation and water power engineering by Punmia & Lal, Laxmi publications

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

3. Irrigation and Hydraulic structures by S.K. Grag.

References:

1. Elementary hydrology by V.P. Singh, PHI publications.

2. Irrigation and water Resources& Water power by P.N.Modi, Standard Book

House.

3. Irrigation water Management by D.K. Majundar, Printice Hall of India.

4. Applied hydrology by Vent te chow, David R. Maidmentlarry W. Mays Tata

MC. Graw Hill

5. Introduction to hydrology by Warren Viessvann, Jr. Garryl. Lewis, PHI

Course Outcomes

1. Explain various components of hydrologic cycle that affect the movement of

water in the earth.

2. Explain the concepts of movement of ground water beneath the earth.

3. Explain the basic requirements of irrigation and various irrigation techniques,

requirements of the crops.

4. Apply of math, science, and technology in the field of water resource

Engineering.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30143) PRESTRESSED CONCRETE

(Professional Elective – II)


3 0 0 3

Course objectives:

To learn the concept, materials, methods and systems of prestressing

To know the different types of losses and deflection of prestressed members

To learn the design of prestressed concrete beams for flexural, shear and

tension and to calculate ultimate flexural strength of beam

To learn the design of anchorage zones, composite beams, analysis and design

of continuous beam

UNIT - I

Introduction: Historic development- General Principles of prestressing

pretensioning and post tensioning - Advantages and limitations of Prestressed

concrete - General principles of PSC - Classification and types of prestressing

Materials - high strength concrete and high tensile steel their characteristics.

Methods and Systems of prestressing: Pretensioning and Posttensioning methods

and systems of prestressing like Hoyer system, Magnel Blaton system, Freyssinet

system and Gifford - Udall System - Lee McCall system.

UNIT – II

Losses of Prestress: Loss of prestress in pretension and post- tensioned members

due to various causes like elastic shortage of concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep

of concrete, relaxation of stress in steel, slip in anchorage, frictional losses.

UNIT -III

Flexure: Analysis of sections for flexure- beams Prestressed with straight,

concentric , eccentric, bent and parabolic tendons - stress diagrams- Elastic design

of PSC beams of rectangular and I sections - Kern line - Cable profile and cable

layout.

Shear: General considerations - Principal tension and compression - Improving

shear resistance of concrete by horizontal and vertical prestressing and by using

inclined or parabolic cables- Analysis of rectangular and I beams for shear -

Design of shear reinforcements - Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) Code

provisions.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT - IV

Transfer of Prestress in Pretensioned Members: Transmission of prestressing force

by bond - Transmission length - Flexural bond stresses - IS code provisions -

Anchorage zone stresses inpost tensioned members - stress distribution in End

block - Analysis by Guyon, Magnel, Zielinski and Rowe’s Methods - Anchorage

zone reinforcement - BIS Provisions.

UNIT - V

Composite Beams: Different Types - Propped and Unpropped - stress distribution

- Differential shrinkage - Analysis of composite beams - General design

considerations.

Deflections: Importance of control of deflections - Factors influencing deflections

- Short term deflections of uncracked beams - prediction of longtime deflections -

BIS code requirements.

TEXT BOOK: 1. Prestressed concrete by N.Krishna Raju, 5

th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill

Book Education Pvt.Ltd.

REFERENCES: 1. Design of prestress concrete structures by T.Y.Lin and Burn, Jhon Wiley,

New York.

2. Prestressed concrete by S.Ramamrutham, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi.

3. Prestressed Concrete by N.Rajagopalan, Narosa Publishing House.

Course Outcomes:

On completion of the course, the students will:

Become familiar with the prestressed concrete mechanism, fabrication

and construction process

Be able to analyze prestressed concrete members

Be able to design a prestressed concrete beam accounting for losses


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30144) DESIGN OF BRIDGE STRUCTURES

(Professional Elective - II)

B.Tech (CE) -VI Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

Types of bridges, types of loadings acting on bridges, forces and stresses

on bridges.

Method of analysis and Design of Solid slab Bridges.

Method of Analysis and Design of Girder Bridges and Courbon’s and

Grillage analogy.

Design of Pre-stressed concrete Bridges.

Design and analysis of Bridge Decks and design loads for piers and

Abutments.

Unit- I

Introduction: History of Bridges - Components of a Bridge and its definitions-

Classification of Road Bridges - Selection of Site and Initial Decision Process -

Survey and Alignment; Geotechnical Investigations and Interpretations. River

Bridge: Selection of Bridge site and planning - Collection of Bridge design data -

Hydrological calculation Road Bridges - IRC codes - Standard Loading for Bridge

Design - Influence lines for statically determinate structures - I.L. for statically

indeterminate structures - Transverse distribution of Live loads among deck

longitudinal - Load combinations for different working state and limit state

designs Railway Bridges: Loadings for Railway Bridges; Railroad data. Pre-design

considerations; - Railroad vs. Highway bridges.

Unit- II

Super Structures Selection of main bridge parameters, design methodologies -

Choices of superstructure types; Orthotropic plate theory, load + techniques -

Grillage analysis - Different types of superstructure (RCC and PSC); Longitudinal

Analysis of Bridge.- Transverse Analysis of Bridge- Temperature Analysis-

Unit -III

Design of Steel Bridges - Design of Plate girder bridges.

Unit -IV


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Design of RC Bridges -Design of slab bridges – Girder bridges

Unit- V

Substructure, Bearings and Deck Joints, Parapets and Railings Substructure -

Pier; Abutment - Wing walls- Importance of Soil-Structure Interaction - Types of

foundations - Open foundation- Pile foundation- Well foundation- - Bearings and

Deck Joints - Different types of bridge bearings and expansion joints - Parapets

and Railings for Highway Bridges

Textbooks

1. Johnson Victor D., “Essentials of Bridge Engineering”, Oxford and IBH

Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1990.

2. Jagadeesh .T.R. and Jayaram.M.A., "Design of Bridge Structures", Prentice

Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2013

3. Design of Bridges by Krishna Raju, Oxford & IBH Publishers.

References

1. Phatak D.R., “Bridge Engineering”, Satya Prakashan, New Delhi, 1990.

2. Ponnuswamy S., “Bridge Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1996.

3. Rajagopalan. N. “Bridge Superstructure”, Alpha Science International, 2006

Course Outcomes:

1. Explain different types of Bridges, economic span length, General Design

Requirements.

2. Explain the Method of Analysis of Solid Slab Bridges.

3. Explain the Method and Analysis of Girder bridges and Understanding

Courbon’s Theory and Grillage Analogy.

4. Explain basic Principles required for Prestressed. Concrete bridges and

Understanding General Requirements of Road Bridges.

5. Explain harmonic analysis and Grillage analogy for analysis of bridge Decks

and also understanding about the design of Piers and Abutments.

Notes:

Limit state design is not yet adopted in text books dealing with the Road Bridges.

Hence students shall be allowed to follow working stress design till the time we

have a good number of text books using Limit State Design for Bridges.



1. IRC : “6-2000 Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road

Bridges, Section : Ii Loads and Stresses” (Fourth Revision)


B. Tech (CE) R-18

2. IRC: 21 –2000 “Standard specification and code of practice for road

bridges (Plain and Reinforced)” Indian road congress, New Delhi, India,

2000.


bridges (Plain and Reinforced)” Indian road congress, New Delhi, India.

4. IRC: 21 –2000 “Code of Practice for Concrete Road Bridges” Indian

road congress, New Delhi, India, 2011.

5. IRC 112 - 2011 : “Code of Practice for Concrete Road Bridges”

6. Pigeaud’s Curves for Design of Slab Bridges


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30145) ELEMENT S OF EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

(Professional Elective – II)


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

The students will come to know regarding these topics

Plate tectonic theory, seismic waves and earthquake measurements

instruments

Earthquake resistant design of buildings

Determine the horizontal seismic coefficient, design seismic base shear

and distribution of design force.

Seismic methods of analysis and design

Structural walls and non structural elements.

Ductility considerations in earthquake resistant design

Unit-I

Engineering Seismology: Earthquake phenomenon cause of earthquakes- Faults-

Plate tectonics –Seismic waves-Terms associated with earthquakes-

Magnitude/Intensity of an earthquake-scales-Energy released –Earthquake

measuring instruments- Seismograph, accelerograph-strong ground motions-

Seismic Zones of India.

Theory of Vibrations: Elements of vibratory systems-Degrees of Freedom-

Continuous system- Lumped mass idealization –Oscillatory motion-Simple

Harmonic Motion- Free vibration of single degree of freedom (SDOF) system –

undamped and damped –critical damping-Logarithmic decrement-Forced

vibrations-Harmonic excitation-Dynamic magnification factor-Excitation by rigid

based translation for SDOF system-Earthquake ground motion.

Unit-II

Conceptual Design: Introduction- Functional planning-Continuous load path-

Overall form-simplicity and strength-Horizontal and Vertical members-Twisting

of building-Ductility- definition- ductility relationships- flexible buildings-framing

systems-choice of construction materials- Unconfined concrete-confined concrete-

masonry-reinforcing steel.

Introduction to earthquake resistant design: Seismic design requirements-

regular and irregular configurations-basic assumptions- design earthquake loads-

basic load combinations- permissible stresses- seismic methods of analysis-factors

in seismic analysis-equivalent lateral force method.

Unit-III


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Reinforced Concrete Buildings: Principles of earthquake resistant design of RC

members-Structural models of frame buildings-Seismic methods of analysis-

Seismic design methods- IS code based methods for seismic design-Seismic

evaluation and retrofitting-Vertical irregularities-Plan configuration problems –

lateral load resisting systems-Determination of design lateral forces –Equivalent

lateral force procedure-Lateral distribution of base shear.

Unit-IV

Masonry Buildings: Introduction-Elastic properties of masonry assemblage-

Categories of masonry buildings-Behaviour of unreinforced and reinforced

masonry walls- Behaviour of walls-Box action and bands –Behaviour of infill

walls-Improving seismic behaviour of masonry buildings-Load combinations and

permissible stresses-Seismic design requirements –Lateral load analysis of

masonry buildings.

Unit-V

Structural Walls and Non- Structural walls- sectional walls- sectional shapes-

variations in elevation-cantilever walls without openings- failure mechanism of

non- structures- Effects of non-structural elements on structural systems-Analysis

of non-structural elements-Prevention of non-structural damage- Isolation of non-

structures. Ductility Considerations in Earthquake Resistant design of RC

buildings: Introduction –Impact of Ductility-Requirements for Ductility-

Assessment of Ductility-Factors affecting Ductility- Ductile detailing

considerations as per IS 13920. Behavior of beams, columns and joints in RC

buildings during earthquakes- Vulnerability of open ground storey and columns

during earthquakes.

Text books:

1. Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures- S.K. Duggal. Oxford University

Press.

2. Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures- Pankaj Agarwal and Manish

Shrikhande, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

References:

1. Sesmic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry Bilding- T. Paulay and

M.J.N. Priestly,John Wiley &Sons.

2. Earthquake Resistant Design of Building structures by Vinod Hosur, Wiley

India Pvt.Ltd.

3. Elements of Mechanical Vibration by R.N. Iyengar, I.K. International

Publishing House Pvt. Ltd


B. Tech (CE) R-18

4. Masonry and Timber structures including earthquake Resistant Design –

Anand S. Arya, Nemchand & Bros.

5. Earthquake Tips- Learning Earthquake Design and Construction. C.V.R.

Murthy.

Course Outcomes:

1. Evaluate seismic forces for various structures as per relevant Indian standards

·

2. Design and detail of structures for seismic resistance as per Indian Standards

·

3. Apply concepts of repair and rehabilitation of earthquake affected structures.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30003) ADVANCED ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB


0 0 3 1.5

Introduction

The introduction of the English Language Lab is considered essential at

3rd year level. At this stage the students need to prepare themselves for

their careers which may require them to listen to, read, speak and write in

English both for their professional and interpersonal communication in

the globalised context.

Course Objectives This Lab focuses on using computer-aided multimedia instruction for

language development to meet the following targets:

To improve the students’ fluency in English, through a well developed

vocabulary and enable them to listen to English spoken at normal

conversational speed by educated English speakers and respond

appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts.

Further, they would be required to communicate their ideas relevantly

and coherently in writing.

Syllabus The following course content is prescribed for the Advanced

Communication Skills Lab:

1. Functional English Starting a conversation, responding appropriately and relevantly, using

the right body language, Role play in Different Situations.

2. Vocabulary building

Synonyms and antonyms, word roots, one-word substitutes, prefixes and

suffixes, study of word origin, analogy, idioms and phrasal verbs.

3. Group Discussion Dynamics of group discussion, intervention, summarizing, modulation of

voice, body language, relevance, fluency and coherence.

4. Interview Skills –

Concept and process, pre-interview planning, opening strategies,

answering strategies, Interview through tele and video- conferencing.

5. Resume` and Technical Report writing


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Structure and presentation, planning, defining the career objective,

projecting ones strengths and skill-sets, summary, formats and styles,

Letter-writing.

Reading comprehension – reading for facts, guessing meanings from

context, scanning, skimming, inferring meaning and critical reading.

Minimum Requirement:

The English Language Lab shall have:

The Computer aided Language Lab for 60 students with 60 systems,

One master console, LAN facility and English language software for self-

study by learners.

The Communication Skills Lab with movable chairs and audio-visual

aids with a P.A System, a T. V., a digital stereo –audio & video system

and camcorder etc.

System Requirement (Hardware component):

Computer network with Lan with minimum 60 multimedia systems with

the following specifications:

P – IV Processor

d) Speed – 2.8 GHZ

e) RAM – 512 MB Minimum

f) Hard Disk – 80 GB

Headphones of High quality

Suggested Software:

The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should

be procured and used.

Clarity Pronunciation Power – part II

Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 7th Edition

DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill

Practice.

Lingua TOEFL CBT Insider, by Dreamtech

TOEFL & GRE( KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking

GRE by CLIFFS)

The following software from ‘train2success.com’

Preparing for being Interviewed, Positive Thinking, Interviewing Skills,

Telephone Skills, Time Management, Team Building, Decision making

Distribution and Weightage of Marks: English Language Laboratory


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Practical Examination:

1. The practical examinations for the English Language Laboratory shall be

conducted as per the University norms prescribed for the core

engineering practical sessions.

2. For the Language lab sessions, there shall be a continuous evaluation

during the year for 40 sessional marks and 60 year-end Examination

marks. Of the 40 marks, 20 marks shall be awarded for day-to-day work

and 20 marks to be awarded by conducting Internal Lab Test(s). The

year- end Examination shall be conducted by the teacher concerned with

the help of another member of the staff of the same department of the

same institution.

Course Outcomes

1. Organise ideas relevantly and coherently.

2. Engage in debates.

3. Discuss in a group.

4. Face interviews.

5. Write project/research reports/technical reports.

6. Make oral presentations.

7. Write formal letters.

8. Transfer information from non-verbal to verbal texts and vice versa.

9. To take part in social and professional communication.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30127) GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LAB


0 0 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

To impart knowledge of determination of index properties required for

classification of soils.

To teach how to determine compaction characteristics and consolidation

behavior from relevant lab tests; to determine permeability of soils.

To teach how to determine shear parameters of soil through different

laboratory tests.

List of Experiments

1. Water content and Specific gravity

2. Atterberg’s Limits (LL & PL)

3. Field density-core and sand replacement method

4. Grain size analysis

5. Permeability of soil, constant and variable head test

6. Compaction Test

7. CBR Test

8. Consolidation Test

9. Unconfined Test

10. Tri-axial Compression test

11. Direct shear test

12. Vane shear test

References:

1. BIS codes for soil testing and ASTM codes of practice

2. Lambe, T.W., “Soil Testing for Engineers”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi,

1969.

3. Engineering Properties of Soil and their Measurements – Bowels J.E (1988),

McGraw Hill Book Co. New York.

Course Outcomes:

1. Determine index properties of soil and classify them.

2. Determine permeability of soils.

3. Determine Compaction, Consolidation and shear strength characteristics.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30128) TECHNICAL SEMINAR-I


2 0 0 2

For the Technical Seminar-I, the student shall collect the information on

a specialized topic related to the student branch other than Mini projects-

I & II/ Internships-I & II/ Major Projects Phase-I & II topic with due

approval of the Head of the department and prepare a technical report

and submit to the department.

The presentation demonstrating understanding of the topic and technical

report will be evaluated by a Departmental committee consisting of the

Head of the department, Technical Seminar-I supervisor and a senior

faculty member from the department.

The Technical seminar will be evaluated for 100 marks.

There will be no SEE or external examination for the Technical

Seminar-I.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30017) INDIAN CONSTITUTION

Constitution of India – Basic features and fundamental principles


2 0 0 0

UNIT-I:

1. Meaning of the constitution law and constitutionalism

2. Historical perspective of the Constitution of India

3. Salient features and characteristics of the Constitution of India

UNIT-II:

4. Scheme of the fundamental rights

5. The scheme of the Fundamental Duties and its legal status

6. The Directive Principles of State Policy – Its importance and implementation

UNIT-III:

7. Federal structure and distribution of legislative and financial powers between

the Union and the States

8. Parliamentary Form of Government in India – The constitution powers and

status of the President of India

9. Amendment of the Constitutional Powers and Procedure

UNIT-IV:

10. The historical perspectives of the constitutional amendments in India

11. Emergency Provisions : National Emergency, President Rule, Financial

Emergency

12. Local Self Government – Constitutional Scheme in India

UNIT-V:

13. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to Equality

14. Scheme of the Fundamental Right to certain Freedom under Article 19

15. Scope of the Right to Life and Personal Liberty under Article 21

Course Outcomes of Constitution of India- basic features and Fundamental

Principles

1. Gain Knowledge about the history and the salient features of our

constitution


B. Tech (CE) R-18

2. Become aware of the Fundamental rights, Fundamental duties and the

Directive principles of state policy

3. Become acquainted with the distribution of powers between the central

and the state governments

4. Gain awareness of the Constitutional amendments, Emergency provisions

and Local self-Government

5. Become responsible citizens of the country


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30018) ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE


2 0 0 0

UNIT-I:

1. Basic structure of Indian knowledge system

UNIT-II:

2. Modern science and Indian knowledge system

3. Yoga and Holistic Health care

UNIT-III:

4. Philosophical Tradition

5. Indian artistic Tradition

UNIT-IV:

6. Indian Linguistic tradition (Phonology, morphology, syntax and

semantics)

UNIT-V:

7. Case studies

Course outcomes:

At the end of the course the students will be able to

1. Compare and contrast the basics of Indian traditional knowledge with

modern scientific perspective.

2. Analyse the structure of Indian knowledge system.

3. Defend the Indian artistic tradition against the modern convergence of

change.

4. Recognise the importance of Yoga and holistic health care.

5. Predict the outcomes of their research/case studies.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

VII SEMESTER

(A30146) IRRIGATION DESIGNING AND DRAWING

(Professional Elective-III)

B.Tech (CE) VII Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

1. To know the importance, location, components and types of irrigation

structures.

2. To design various irrigation structures.

3. To get experience in drawing of irrigation structures.

GROUP A

1. Surplus Weir.

2. Syphon Well Drop

3. Trapezoidal notch fall

4. Tank sluice with tower head

GROUP B

1. Sloping glacis weir

2. Canal regulator

3. Under Tunnel

4. Type III Syphon aqueduct

Final Examination Pattern:

The question paper is divided into two parts with two parts with two

questions in each part.

The student has to answer ONE question from each part. .Part I should

cover the designs and

Drawing from Group A for 45 marks and part II should cover only designs

from Group B carrying 30 marks.

The duration of the examination will be Three hours.

However, the students are supposed to practice the drawing for Group B

structures also for internal evaluation.

Text books:

1. Water Resources Engineering – Principles and Practice by Challa

Satyanarayana Murthy, New Age International Publishers.

2. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic structures by S.K. Garg, Standard Book

House.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Course Outcomes:

1. Design and detail of various irrigation structures like Surplus Weir, Syphon

Well Drop, Trapezoidal notch fall and Tank sluice with tower head

2. Design and detail of various irrigation structures like Sloping glacis weir,

Canal regulator, Under Tunnel and Type III Syphon aqueduct


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30147) IRRIGATION AND HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES

(Professional Electives – III)

B.Tech (CE) -VII Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

Understand fundamentals of design in water resources engineering.

To introduce the structure of the dams, earth dam, canals, spillways and cross

drainage works.

To learn how to estimate the capacity of reservoir using mass curve.

Able to classifying the types of water fall from the canals.

Necessity and importance of diversion, storage head works, weir and barrages

and to divert the cross drainage works.

Unit - I

Storage Works: Reservoirs – Types of reservoirs, selection of site for reservoir,

zones of storage of a reservoir, reservoir yield, estimation of capacity of reservoir

using mass curve – Reservoir Sedimentation – Life of Reservoir. Types of dams,

factors affecting selection of type of dam.

Unit - II

Gravity dams: Forces acting on a gravity dam, causes of failure of a gravity dam,

elementary profile and practical profile of a gravity dam, limiting height of a low

gravity dam, Factors of safety – stability analysis, Foundation for a Gravity Dam,

drainage and inspection galleries.

Unit- III

Earth dam: types of Earth dams, causes of failure of earth dam, criteria for safe

design of earth dam, seepage through earth dam – graphical method, measures for

control of seepage.

Spill ways: types of spillway, Design principles of Ogee spillways – spillway

gates. Energy Dissipaters and stilling basins significance of Jump Height Curve

and tail water Rating curve – USBR and Indian types of stilling Basins.

Unit – IV

Diversion Head works: Types of Diversion head works – weirs and barrages,

layout of diversion head work – components. Causes and failure of weirs and

Barrages on permeable foundations – silt Ejectors and silt Excluders


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Weirs on permeable Foundations – Creep Theories – Bligh’s Lane’s and Khosla’s

theories, Determination of uplift pressure – various Correction Factors – Design

principals of weirs on permeable foundations using Creep theories – exit gradient,

U/S and D/S Sheet piles- Launching Apron.

Unit – V

Canal Falls – types of falls and their location, Design principles of Notch fall and

Sarada type Fall. Canal regulation works, principles of design of distributory and

head regulators, Canal Cross Regulators – Canal outlets, types of canal modules,

proportionality, sensitivity and flexibility.

Cross Drainage works: Types, selection of site, Design principles of aqueduct,

siphon aqueduct and super passage.

Text Books

1. Irrigation engineering and hydraulic structures by S.K. Garg, Khanna

publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

2. Irrigation and water power engineering by Punmia & Lal, Laxmi publications

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

References:

1. Irrigation and resources engineering by G.L.Asawa, New Age International

publishers

2. Theory and Design of Hydraulic structures by Varshney, Gupta & Gupta

3. Irrigation engineering by K.R. Arora

4. Irrigation Engineering by R.K. Sharma and T.K. Sharma, S. Chand

publishers

5. Introduction to hydrology by Warren Viessvann, Jr. Gary. Lewis, PHI

6. Engineering Hydrology by CS Pojha, R. Berndtsson and P. Bhunya, Oxford

University press

Course Outcomes:

1. Explain water resources importance, occurrence, forms and availability

2. Explain development and management of water resources

3. Explain different forms, water availability and its exploration methods for

different uses

4. Explain storage and conservation of water by planning and constructing

different types of dams, canals etc


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30148) WATERSHED MANAGEMENT

(Professional Electives – III)


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

1. Introduce the concept of watershed management and Understand the

watershed characteristics

2. Learn the principles of soil erosion, measures to control erosion and

various water harvesting techniques.

3. Learn land management practices for various land use/land cover.

4. Introduce concepts of watershed modeling.

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION: Concept of watershed development, objectives of watershed

development, need for watershed development in India, Integrated and multi-

disciplinary approach for watershed management. CHARACTERISTICS OF

WATERSHED: Size, shape, physiography, slope, climate, drainage, land use,

vegetation, geology and soils, hydrology and hydrogeology, socio-economic

characteristics, basic data on watersheds.

UNIT II

PRINCIPLES OF EROSION: Types of erosion, factors affecting erosion, effects

of erosion on land fertility and land capability, estimation of soil loss due to

erosion, Universal soil loss equation. MEASURES TO CONTROL EROSION:

Contour techniques, ploughing, furrowing, trenching, bunding, terracing, gully

control, rockfill dams, brushwood dam, Gabion.

UNIT III

PLANNING OF WATERSHED MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES: peoples

participation, preparation of action plan, administrative requirements. WATER

HARVESTING: Rainwater Harvesting, catchment harvesting, harvesting

structures, soil moisture conservation, check dams, artificial recharge, farm ponds,

percolation tanks.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT IV

LAND MANAGEMENT: Land use and Land capability classification,

management of forest, agricultural, grassland and wild land. Reclamation of saline

and alkaline soils.

UNIT V

ECOSYSTEM MANAGEMENT: Role of Ecosystem, crop husbandry, soil

enrichment, Inter, mixed and strip cropping, cropping pattern, sustainable

agriculture, bio-mass management, dry land agriculture, Silvi pasture, horticulture,

social forestry and afforestation.

TEXT BOOK

1. Watershed Management’ by Das MM and M.D Saikia, PHI Learning Pvt.

Ltd, 2013.

2. Land and Water Management’ by Murthy.VVN, Kalyani Publications,

2007.

3. Watershed Management’ by Murthy J V S, New Age International

Publishers, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Land and Water Management by VVN Murthy, - Kalyani Publications. 2.

Irrigation and Water Management by D.K.Majumdar, Printice Hall of

India

Course Outcomes:

1. Calculate watershed parameters and analyse watershed characteristics to

take appropriate management action.

2. Quantify soil erosion and design control measures.

3. Apply land grading techniques for proper land management and Suggest

suitable harvesting techniques for better watershed management.

4. Apply appropriate models for watershed management.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30149) ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN

(Professional Elective – IV)


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

To develop the necessary theoretical understanding of complex structural

response

To analyze and evaluate systems in structural engineering using force and

displacement methods of various structures (plane trusses, plane frames,

continuous beams and grids )

To deal with matrix analysis of structures by forming an excellent

mathematical framework

To analyse structural behaviour with and without shear wall.

Unit-I

Design and detailing of cantilever and counterfort retaining walls- stability Checks

Unit-II

Working stress design of water tanks- Circular and Rectangular Water tanks

resting on ground as well as elevated above ground- Design of Intze tank- Design

of staging for elevated water tanks.

Unit-III

Design of Cinema Balcony, Flat slabs (Interior Panels only)-

Unit-IV

Working Stress Design of Concrete Bridges- IRC loading, Design of Slab Bridge

using Pigeaud’s Curves, Design of T- beam Girder Bridge.

Unit-V

Design of RCC Chimneys, Bunkers& Silos

Text Books

1. Advanced reinforced Concrete Structures by Varghese, Pranties Hall of India

Pvt.Ltd.

2. Bridge Engineering By S.Ponnuswamy. Mc Graw Hill Co

3. Reinforced Concrete Design by S.A. Pillai and D.Menon, Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing Company.

4. Advanced reinforced Concrete Structures by Krishna Raju

5. Advanced R.C.C. Design by S.S. Bhavikatti

6. Design of Bridges by Krishna Raju, Oxford & IBH Publishers.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

References:

1. Reinforced Concrete Structures Vol. 2 by B.C.Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain

and Arun Kumar Jain, Laxmi, Publications Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi

2. Essentials of Bridge Engineering By D.John Son Victor, Oxford and IBM

Publication Co. Pvt. Ltd

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course students will be able to:

1. Explain the terminology and topics of higher level theory of structures at a

professional level.

2. Explain the matrix analysis of structures.

3. Apply theory to analyse various structures (plane trusses, plane frames,

continuous beams and grids )

Notes:

Limit state design is not yet adopted in text books dealing with the design of

Liquid Retaining Structures and Road Bridges. Hence students shall be allowed to

follow working stress design till the time we have a good number of text books

using Limit State Design for these topics.



1. IS 456:2000 Indian standard ‘Plain and Reinforced Concrete - Code of

Practice’ ( Fourth Revision )

2. IS : 3370 ( Part 1 to 4 ) – 1965 ( Reaffirmed 1999 ) Indian Standard

‘Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for the Storage of Liquids’

3. IS : 4995 ( Part II ) – 1974 Indian Standard ‘Criteria for Design of

Reinforced Concrete Bins for Storage Of Granular and Powdery

Materials’

4. IRC : ‘6-2000 Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road

Bridges, Section : II Loads and Stresses’ (Fourth Revision)


bridges (Plain and Reinforced)” Indian road congress, New Delhi, India,

2000.


bridges (Plain and Reinforced)” Indian road congress, New Delhi, India.

7. IRC: 21 –2000 “Code of Practice for Concrete Road Bridges” Indian road

congress, New Delhi, India, 2011.

8. Pigeaud’s Curves for Design of Slab Bridges


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30150) FINITE ELEMENT METHODS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING

Professional Elective –IV)


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

To study the concept of FEM

To study the strain –displacement and linear constitutive relation

To understand the numerical techniques applied in FEM

To Establish element stiffness and load vector

To study about the 2-D isoparametric concepts

To analyze the 2-D frame elements using FEM techniques

To apply FEM for analysing plates and shells

Unit – I

Introduction to Finite Element Method – Basic steps involved in Finite element

methods- Advantages and Disadvantages of FEM, Finite Difference Method-

Rayleigh Ritz Method and application to solve simple bar elements and single

span beams - Force and Displacement boundary Conditions, Natural boundary

conditions, Essential and Non essential boundary conditions- Initial value

problem- Boundary value problem –Body Force and Surface tractions (forces) -

Basic Equations in Elasticity – stress strain equations – Generalized Hooke’s law-

concept of plane stress – plane strain – advantages and disadvantages of FEM.

Element shapes – nodes – nodal degree of freedom – strain displacement relations.

Unit – II

Local and Global coordinate system- Natural Coordinates- Simple Natural

Coordinates- Area and Volume coordinates, Convergence and Compatibility

Conditions for Shape functions, Geometric Invariance- Pascal Triangle- Shape

functions- Transformation of coordinate system- Strain displacement matrix-

generation of element stiffness matrix -Lumped and Consistent load vector-

Application of boundary conditions

Finite Element Analysis (FEA) of – one dimensional problems – Bar element –

Shape functions- stiffness matrix.

FEA Beam elements – stress strain relation – shape functions- stiffness matrix –

continuous beams up to 2(two) spans.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Unit - III

FEA of Two dimensional problem – CST &LST and 4 noded quadrilateral

element – shape functions- Lagrangian & Serendipity elements – Hermite

polynomials- Lagrange Polynomials –stress strain relationship- Element

Degenaration- Static Condensation

Unit – IV

Isoparametric formulation – Concepts of isoparametric elements for 2D analysis –

formulation of CST element, 4-noded and 8-nodediso-parametric quadrilateral

elements- Jacobi matrix

Unit – V

Solution Techniques: Numerical Integration, Static condensation, assembly of

elements and solution techniques for static loads.

Text books:

1. Introduction to Finite elements in engineering by Chandrupatla, Belegundu,

Prentice Hall.

2. Finite element method by Daryl L.Logan, CENGAGE Learning.

References:

1. Finite element analysis by S.S. Bhavikatti – New age International

publishers.

2. Finite element analysis by P. Seshu, PHI.

Course Outcomes:

On completion of the course, the students will be able to:

1. Demonstrate the differential equilibrium equations and their relationship

2. Apply numerical methods to FEM

3. Develop the displacement models and load vectors

4. Compute the stiffness matrix for isoperimetric elements

5. Analyze plane stress and plane strain problems


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30151) CONSTRUCTIONTECHNOLOGY AND PROJECT

MANAGEMENT

(Professional Elective-IV)

B.Tech (CE) -VII Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

The objective of this course is:

To introduce to the student the concept of project management including

network drawing and monitoring.

To introduce the various equipment related to construction like earth moving

equipment, trucks and handling equipment, aggregate production and

construction equipment and machinery.

To introduce the importance of safety in construction projects.

Unit-I

Management process- Roles, management theories, Social responsibilities,

planning and strategic management, strategic implementation, Decision making

tools and techniques-Organizational structure, Human resource management-

motivation performance- leadership.

Unit-II

Classification of construction projects, Construction Stages, Resources-Functions

of Construction Management and its Applications, Preliminary planning –

Collection of Data-Contract planning –Scientific Methods of Management;

Network Techniques in construction management- Bar Chart-Grant Chart, CPM-

PERT-Cost & Time optimization .

Unit-III

Resource planning – planning for manpower, materials, Cost, equipment, Labour,

Scheduling, Forms of, Scheduling-Resource allocation, budget and budgetary

control methods.

Unit-IV

Contract-types of contract, contract document, specification, important conditions

of contract- tender and tender document- Deposits by contractor –Arbitration,

negotiation – M- Book –Muster rolls- stores

Unit-V


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Management information systems- Labour Regulations: Social security-welfare

Legislation-laws relating to wages , Bonus and industrial disputes, Labour

administration – insurance and safety Regulations- Workmen’s compensation Act

– other labour laws- safety in construction : legal and financial aspects of accidents

in construction , occupational and safety hazard assessment , human factors in

safety , legal and financial aspects of accidents , occupational and safety hazard

assessment.

Text Books

1) Ghalot, P.S., Dhir, D.M., Construction planning and Management, Wiley

Eastern limited,1992

2) Chikara, K.K., Construction Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill

publishing Co, Ltd New Delhi,1998

3) Punima, B.C., Project planning and Control with PERT and CPM, Laxmi

Publications New Delhi 1987

Reference:

1. Construction Management and Planning by Sengupta, B. Guha, H., Tata

McGraw Hill Publications

Course Outcomes:

Upon the successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:

1. Explain the importance of construction planning and functioning of various

earth moving equipment.

2. Explain of production of aggregate products and concreting.

3. Apply the gained knowledge to project management and construction

techniques.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30152) URBAN TRANSPOTATION PLANNING

Professional Elective -V


3 0 0 3

UNIT-I:

Urban Transportation Problem Travel Demand: Urban Issues, Travel

Characteristics, Evolution of Planning Process, Supply and Demand – Systems

approach. Travel Demand: Trends, Overall Planning process, Long term Vs Short

term planning, Demand Function, Independent Variables, Travel Attributes,

Assumptions in Demand Estimation, Sequential, and Simultaneous Approaches,

Aggregate and Disaggregate Techniques.

UNIT-II:

Data Collection And Inventories: Collection of data – Organisation of surveys

and Analysis, Study Area, Zoning, Types and Sources of Data, Road Side

Interviews, Home Interview Surveys, Commercial Vehicle Surveys, Sampling

Techniques, Expansion Factors, Accuracy Checks, Use of Secondary Sources,

Economic data – Income – Population – Employment – Vehicle Owner Ship.

UNIT-III:

Trip Generation and Distribution : UTPS Approach, Trip Generation Analysis:

Zonal Models, Category Analysis, Household Models, Trip Attraction models,

Commercial Trip Rates. Trip Distribution: Growth Factor Methods, Gravity

Models, Opportunity Models, Time Function Iteration Models. By- pass Trips.

UNIT-IV:

Mode Choice and Traffic Assignment: Mode Choice Behaviour, Competing

Modes, Mode Split Curves, Models and Probabilistic Approaches. Traffic

Assignment: Basic Elements of Transport Networks, Coding, Route Properties,

Path Building Criteria, Skimming Tree, All-or-Nothing Assignment, Capacity

Restraint Techniques, Reallocation of Assigned Volumes, Equilibrium

Assignment, Diversion Curves.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT-V:

Plan Preparation and Evaluation: Travel Forecasts to Evaluate Alternative

Improvements, Impacts of New Development on Transportation Facilities. Master

plans, Selection of Corridor, Corridor Identification, Corridor deficiency Analysis,

Economic Impacts of Transportation.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Introduction to Urban System Planning’ by Hutchinson, B.G., McGraw Hill.

2. Transportation Engineering - An Introduction’ by Khisty C.J., Prentice Hall.

3. Fundamentals of Transportation Planning’ by Papacostas, Tata McGraw Hill.

REFERENCES:

1. Introduction to Transportation Planning – M.J.Bruton; Hutchinson of London

Ltd.

2. Introduction to Urban System Planning - B.G.Hutchinson; Mc Graw Hill.

3. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning - Kadiyali L.R., Khanna Publishers

4. Lecture notes on UTP - Prof. S. Raghavachari , R.E.C.Warangal. M.TECH.

(HIGHWAY ENGINEERING)-R13 Regulations

Course Outcomes:

Identify urban transportation problems and Estimate urban travel demand.

Plan urban transport networks

Identify urban transport corridors

Prepare urban transportation plans


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30153) PAVEMENT MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION

Professional Elective-V


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

Understand various tests on subgrade soil, aggregates, bitumen and

cement

Learn bituminous mix and cement concrete mix designs

Learn basic principles of superpave technology of bituminous mixes

UNIT -I

Soil and Aggregate: Soil-Classification methods, Tests: CBR, Consistency,

Engineering Properties and Modulus of sub-grade reaction of soil, selection of

suitable filter for soils, Triaxial method. Aggregate Origin, Classification,

requirements, properties and tests on road aggregates for flexible and rigid

pavements. Blending of aggregates, Importance of aggregate shape factor in mix

design.

UNIT-II

Methods of Test for Stabilized Soils: Method of sampling and Preparation of

Stabilized Soils for Testing, Relation for Moisture content and Dry Density of

Stabilized mixes, wetting. Drying, Thawing & freezing tests for compacted soil

cement mix, UCS of Stabilized soil, test for: soil bituminous, soil lime and soil fly

ash mixes.

UNIT-III

Bitumen, Tar and Bituminous Mix Design; Origin, preparation, properties,

requirements, criteria for selection of different binders, Temperature susceptibility,

Bitumen test data chart, Stiffness modulus, VanderPoel Nomo graph. Bituminous

emulsion and Cutbacks, fillers, extenders, polymers, Crum rubber, and rubber

modified bitumen and anti-Stripping agents on pavement performance.

Bituminous mix design, binder content, gradation, Engineering properties :

Dynamic conditions, Quasi static conditions, Fracture and Fatigue; Marshal

stability, Haveem stability test; example problem, static creep test, repeated load

test, Resilient & dynamic modulus test, empirical test, simulation test, flexural

test, diametric repeated load test, splitting tension test, permanent deformation

Parameters And other properties, Effects use of Geo Synthetics.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT - IV

Introduction to Super pave Technology: Methods of selection of suitable

ingredients for super pave method, Gyratory compaction, rolling thin film oven,

pressure aging vessel, rotational viscometer, dynamic shear rheometer, bending

beam rheometer, direct tension test. Use of super pave perform and grade binder

specifications. Comparison between Marshal Mix method and Super pave method.

Cement concrete Mixes: Requirements of paving concrete, mix design,

Admixtures, Tests on cement Concrete. Recycling bituminous material,

fundamental of recycling bituminous material, hot and cold recycling of

bituminous material, methods of recycling, equipment use, sites specific material

specifications, Design of mixes for recycling of bituminous and concrete pavement

surface.

UNIT – V

Cement concrete mixes and recycling bituminous material; cement concrete

Mixes: Requirements of paving concrete, mix design, admixtures, and tests on

cement concrete. Recycling bituminous material, fundamental of recycling of

recycling bituminous material, methods of recycling, equipment use, sites

specifications, Design of mixes for Recycling of bituminous and concrete

pavement surface.

Course Outcomes

Enable characterization of soils based on index and

engineeringproperties

Understand subgrade soil strength in terms of standard engineering

parameters

Application of basic principles of mix design of cement concrete and

bituminous mixes

Suggested Reading

1. Highway Engineering,-Paul H. Wright,. Karen K. Dixon, John Wiley & Sons,

7th edition,2004.

2. Principles and Practices of Highway Engineering, Sharma & Sharma.

3. SRC, DSIR, Bituminous Materials in Road Construction, HMSO publication.

4. Principles of Pavement Design, Yoder E.J, and Witczak M. W. John Wiley &

Sons, 1975.

5. ISI and IRC related publications.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30154) TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING-II


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

• To Study about the basics and design of various components of railway

engineering and types and functions of track, junctions and railway

stations.

• To study about the aircraft characteristics, planning and components of

airport and types and components of docks and harbors.

• To know about various urban transportation systems and Intelligent

Transportation Systems.

Unit – I

Introduction To Railway Engineering: Permanent way components – Cross

Section of Permanent Way - Functions of various Components like Rails, Sleepers

and Ballast, Gauge –– Creep of Rails- Theories related to creep –Sleeper density.

Unit – II

Geometric Design Of Railway Track: Gradients- Grade Compensation- Cant and

Negative Super elevation- Cant Deficiency – Degree of Curve –Points and

Crossings , Rail Joints, Railway Stations & Yards, Signalizing & Interlocking.

Unit – III

Airport engineering: Airport Site selection- Runway Orientation- Basic Runway

Length – Corrections for Elevation, Temperature – Air Port Classification-

Runway Geometric design- Factors Controlling Taxiway Layout – Terminal Area-

Apron – Hanger – Blast Considerations, Typical Airport Layouts- Windrose

Diagram- Runway Lightening system & Marking.

Unit- IV

Port and Harbour Engineering: Requirements of Port and Harbour, Classifications

of Port & Harbour, Features of a Harbour, Planning of Harbour, Breakwater, Dry

docks, Jetties, Aprons, Transit shed and warehouses, Navigational aids,

Maintenance of Port and Harbours, Inland water Transport.

Unit- V

Intelligent Transport Systems: ITS Definitions, Benefits of ITS, user services,

Detectors, Automatic Vehicle Location (AVL), Automatic Vehicle Identification

(AVI), Introduction to ITS applications; Advanced Traffic Management Systems


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(ATIMS), Advanced Public Transportation System (APTS), ITS architecture

components and standards, Over view of ITS implementations in developed

countries.

Text books:

1. Railway Engineering – A text book of Transportation Engineering – S.P.

Chadula – S. Chand & Co. Ltd. – (2001).

2. Highway Engineering Design – L.R. Kadiyali and Lal- Khanna Publications.

3. Airport Planning and Design- S.K. Khanna and Arora, Nemchand Bros.

4. Transportation Engineering and Planning – C.S. Papacostas, P.D. Prevedours.

References:

1. Railway Engineering – August – Prabha& Co., 15th Edition – 1994.

2. Air Transportation Planning & design – Virendhra Kumar &StatishChandhra –

Gal Gotia Publishers (1999).

3. Harbour, Dock and Tunnel Engineering – R. Srinivasan.

4. Dock and Harbour Engineering – Hasmukh P Oza, Gutam H Oza.

Course outcomes:

1. Explain the basics of railway engineering & components of railway track and

its geometric design.

2. Explain basic requirement for Airport.

3. Explain the basic requirements and components of harbor and docks

4. Describe the range of technologies involved in the Transportation


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30160) DISASTER MANAGEMENT AND MITIGATION

(Open Elective-I: Offered by CE Department)

UNIT - I: Environmental Hazards & Disasters: Meaning of Environmental hazards,

Environmental Disasters and Environmental stress. Concept of Environmental

Hazards, Environmental stress & Environmental Disasters. Different approaches

& relation with human Ecology - Landscape Approach - Ecosystem Approach -

Perception approach - Human ecology & its application in geographical reserches.

UNIT - II:

Types of Environmental hazards & Disasters: Natural hazards and Disasters -

Man indeced hazards & Disasters - Natural Hazards - Planetary Hazards /

Disasters - Extra Planetary Hazards / disasters - Planetary Hazards - Endongenous

Hazards - Exogenous Hazards

UNIT - III:

Endogenous Hazards - Volcanic eruption - Earthquakes - landslides - Volcanic

Hazards / Disasters - Causes and distribution of Volcanoes - Hazardous effects of

volcanic eruptions - Environmental impacts of volcanic eruptions - Earthquake

Hazards / disasters - Causes of Earthquakes - Distribution of earthquakes -

Hazardous effects of - earthquakes - Earthquake Hazards in India - Human

adjusment, perception & mitigation of earthquake.

UNIT - IV:

Exogenous hazards / disasters - Infrequent events - Cumulative atmospheric

hazards / disasters

Infrequent events: Cyclones - Lightning - Hailstorms

Cyclones: Tropical cyclones & Local stroms - Destruction by tropical cyclones &

local stroms (causes, distribution human adjustment, perception & mitigation)

Cumulative atmospheric hazards/ disasters :- Floods - Droughts - Cold waves -

Heal waves Floods :- Causes of floods - Flood hazards India - Flood control

measures (Human adjustment, perception & mitigation) Droughts :- Impacts of

droughts - Drought hazards in India - Drought control measures - Extra Planetary

B. Tech. (CE) VII - Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Hazards / Disasters - man induced Hazards / Disasters - Physical hazards /

Disasters - Soil erosion

Soil Erosion: Mechanics & forms of Soil Erosion - Factors 7 causes of Soil

Erosion - Conservation measures of Soil Erosion.

Chemical hazards / disasters: Release of toxic chemicals, nuclear explosion -

Sedimentation processes Sedimentation processes: - Global Sedimentation

problems - Regional Sedimentation problems - Sedimentation & Environmental

problems - Corrective measures of Erosion & Sedimentation

Biological hazards / disasters: Population Explosion.

UNIT - V: Emerging approaches in Disaster Management - Three stages

1. Pre-disaster Stage (preparedness)

2. Emergency Stage

3. Post Disaster stage – Rehabilitation

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Explain the meaning of Environmental disasters and their impacts.

2. Explain the various types of Environmental hazards and disasters.

3. Differentiate between Endogenous and Exogenous hazards.

4. Plan, prepare and respond to emergencies arising due to Environmental

disasters.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt

of India.

2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.

3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill

Education (India) Pvt Ltd Wiley 2015

REFERENCES:

1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan,

BS Publications 2009.

2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of

India (http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/policyplan/dmplan/draftndmp.pdf)


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30161) REMOTE SENSING AND GIS

(Open Elective-I: Offered by CE Department)

UNIT – I

Introduction to Photogrammetric: Principles& types of aerial photograph,

geometry of vertical aerial photograph, Scale & Height measurement on single

vertical aerial photograph, Height measurement based on relief displacement,

Fundamentals of stereoscopy, fiducial points, parallax measurement using fiducial

line.

UNIT – II Remote Sensing: Basic concept of remote sensing, Data and

Information, Remote sensing data Collection, Remote sensing advantages &

Limitations, Remote Sensing process. Electro-magnetic Spectrum, Energy

interactions with atmosphere and with earth surface features (soil, water,

vegetation), Indian Satellites and Sensors characteristics, Resolution, Map and

Image and False color composite, introduction to digital data, elements of visual

interpretation techniques.

UNIT – III

Geographic Information Systems: Introduction to GIS; Components of a GIS;

Geospatial Data: Spatial Data-Attribute data – Joining Spatial and Attribute data;

GIS Operations: Spatial Data Input- Attribute data Management –Data display-

Data Exploration- Data Analysis. COORDINATE SYSTEMS: Geographic

Coordinate System: Approximation of the Earth, Datum; Map Projections: Types

of Map Projections-Map projection parameters commonly used Map Projections -

Projected coordinate Systems

UNIT – IV

Vector Data Model: Representation of simple features- Topology and its

importance; coverage and its data structure, Shape file; Data models for composite

features Object Based Vector Data Model; Classes and their Relationship; The

geo-base data model; Geometric representation of Spatial Feature and data

B. Tech. ( CE ) VII - Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

structure, Topology rules

UNIT – V

Raster Data Model: Elements of the Raster data model, Types of Raster Data,

Raster Data

Structure, Data Conversion, Integration of Raster and Vector data.

Data Input: Metadata, Conversion of Existing data, creating new data; Remote

Sensing data,

Field data, Text data, Digitizing, Scanning, on screen digitizing, importance of

source map,

Data Editing.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

Retrieve the information content of remotely sensed data

Analyze the energy interactions in the atmosphere and earth surface

features

Interpret the images for preparation of thematic maps

Apply problem specific remote sensing data for engineering applications

Analyze spatial and attribute data for solving spatial problems

Create GIS and cartographic outputs for presentation

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Remote Sensing and GIS Lillesand and Kiefer, John Willey 2008.

2. Remote Sensing and GIS B. Bhatta by Oxford Publishers 2015.

3. Introduction to Geographic Information System – Kang-Tsung Chang,

McGraw-Hill

2015

REFERENCES:

1. Concepts & Techniques of GIS by C. P. Lo Albert, K.W. Yonng, Prentice Hall

(India)

Publications.

2. Principals of Geo physical Information Systems – Peter A Burragh and Rachael

A.

Mc Donnell, Oxford Publishers 2004.

3. Basics of Remote sensing & GIS by S. Kumar, Laxmi Publications.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30252) POWER GENERATION SYSTEMS

(Open Elective-I: Offered by EEE Department)

UNIT I: THERMAL POWER PLANTS

Rankine cycle - improvisations, Layout of modern coal power plant, Super Critical

Boilers,FBCBoilers,Turbines, Condensers, Steam & Heat rate, Subsystems of

thermal power plants - Fuel and ash handling, Draught system, Feed water

treatment. Binary Cycles and Cogenerationsystems.

UNIT II: NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS

Basics of Nuclear Engineering, Layout and subsystems of Nuclear Power Plants,

Working of Nuclear Reactors: Boiling Water Reactor (BWR), Pressurized Water

Reactor (PWR), CANada-Deuterium- Uranium reactor (CANDU), Breeder, Gas

Cooled and Liquid Metal Cooled Reactors.Safety measures for Nuclear Power

plants.

UNIT III: SOLAR ENERGY

Principles of solar radiation: Role and potential of new and renewable source, the

solar energy option, Environmental impact of solar power, physics of the sun, the

solar constant, instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun shine, solar

radiation data. Photo-voltaic energy conversion.

Solar energy collection: Flat plate and concentrating collectors

Storage and applications: solar ponds. Solar Applications - solar heating/cooling

technique, solar distillation and drying.

UNIT-IV: WIND&BIO-MASS ENERGY:

Wind: Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance

characteristics, Betz criteria


L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Bio-mass: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of

Bio-gas digesters, gas yield, combustion characteristics of bio-gas, utilization for

cooking, I.C.Engine operation and economic aspects.

UNIT-V: GEOTHERMAL & OCEAN ENERGY:

Geothermal Energy: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy,

potential in India.

Ocean Energy: OTEC, Principles utilization, setting of OTEC plants,

thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and wave energy: Potential and conversion

techniques, mini-hydel power plants, and their economics.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Nag. P.K., “Power Plant Engineering”, Third Edition, Tata McGraw – Hill

Publishing Company Ltd., 2008.

2. Non-Conventional Energy Sources /G.D. Rai

3. Renewable Energy Technologies /Ramesh & Kumar /Narosa.

REFERENCES:

1. El-Wakil. M.M., “Power Plant Technology”, Tata McGraw – Hill

Publishing Company Ltd.,2010.

2. Godfrey Boyle, “Renewable energy”, Open University, Oxford University

Press in association with the Open University, 2004.

3. Thomas C. Elliott, Kao Chen and Robert C. Swanekamp, “Power Plant

Engineering”, Second Edition, Standard Handbook of McGraw – Hill, 1998

4. Renewable energy resources/ Tiwari and Ghosal/ Narosa.

5. Non-Conventional Energy / Ashok V Desai /Wiley Eastern.

6. Solar Energy /Sukhame

Course Outcome:

After learning the course the students should be able to:

1. Explain the construction and operation of thermal power plants

2. Analyze the operation of diesel, gas turbine and combined cycle power

plants.

3. Illustrate the construction, operation and safety aspects of nuclear power

plants.

4. Compare the power derived from renewable energy sources

5. Identify the economic aspects of power plants


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30258) BASICS OF POWER ELECTRONICS & DRIVES

(Open Elective-I: Offered by EEE Department)

UNIT I: POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES

Power Semiconductor Devices Construction and Characteristics of Power diodes,

Power Transistors, Power MOSFET, Insulated Gate Bipolar transistors (IGBTs)

Introduction to Thyristor family: SCR, DIACs, TRIACs

UNIT II: PHASE CONTROLLED (AC TO DC) CONVERTERS

Principle of phase controlled converter operation; Operation of 1-phase half wave

converter with R, RL and RLE load; 1- phase full wave converter, Bridge

Configuration; Operation with R, RL, RLE load; Operation of 1-phase Semi-

converter/ Half controlled converter:

UNIT III: THREE -PHASE CONVERTERS

Operation of half wave converter; Full wave fully controlled converters: Semi-

controlled converter; Dual Converter: Principle and operation;, Applications of

AC-DC converters

UNIT IV: DC TO DC CONVERTERS

The chopper, Basic principle of DC chopper, Classification of DC choppers,

Control strategies Basic DC-DC converter (switch regulator) topologies : Principle,

operation Step-down (Buck), Step-up (Boost), Step up/down (Buck-Boost),

Continuous conduction and Discontinuous conduction operation, Two zone

operation, Four quadrant operation (Operating modes),

UNIT V: POWER CONVERTERS FED DRIVES

Single phase separately excited drives: Half Wave converter, Semiconverter and

Fully Controlled converter based drives; Braking operation of separately excited

drive Semi-converter and Fully Controlled converter based drives 3-phase

separately excited drives: Half Wave converter, Semi-converter and Fully

Controlled converter based drives; Principle of power control (motoring control) of

separately excited and series motor with DC-DC Converter;

Text books:


L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. M D Singh and K B Khanchandani, “Power electronics”, TMH, New

Delhi, 2nd ed., 2007.

2. P.S. Bimbhra, “Power Electronics”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2012..

3. Muhammad H. Rashid, “Power Electronics - Circuits, Devices and

Applications”, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd ed., 2003.

Reference Books:

1. VedamSubramanyam, “Power Electronics – Devices, Converters and

Applications”, New Age International Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Bangalore, 2nd

ed. 2006.

2. Ned Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, “Power Electronics – Converters,

Applications and Design”, John Willey & sons, Inc., 3rd ed., 2003.

3. V.R.Moorthi, “Power Electronics”, Oxford University press, 2005.

4. G..K. Dubey, S.R. Doradla, A. Joshi, and R.M.K. Sinha, “Thyristorised

Power Controllers”, New Age International Ltd. Publishers, 1986 (Reprint

2008).

5. P.T. Krein, “Elements of Power Electronics”, Oxford University Press,

1998.

6. G..K. Dubey, “ Fundamentals of Electrical Drives”, Narosa Publishing

House, New Delhi, 2nd ed. 2001

Course Outcomes:


1. Explain the construction and characteristics of Power semiconductor

devices

2. Analyze the operation of single phase and three phase ac-to-dc converters.

3. Compare the various types of dc-to-dc converters.

4. Apply the knowledge of power electronic converter for various

applications.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30377)Basics of Thermodynamics

(Open Elective-I offered by Mechanical Engineering )

UNIT – I

Introduction: Basic Concepts: System, Control Volume, Surrounding,

Boundaries, universe, Types of Systems, Macroscopic and Microscopic

viewpoints, Concept of Continuum, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, Property,

Process, Exact & Inexact Differentials, Cycle, Reversibility – Quasi – static

Process, Irreversible Process, Causes of Irreversibility

UNIT - II

Types, Displacement & Other forms of Work, Heat, Point and Path functions,

Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics – Concept of Temperature – Principles of

Thermometry – Reference Points – Const. Volume gas Thermometer – Scales of

Temperature, Ideal Gas Scale

UNIT – III

First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics: First Law: Cycle and Process,

Specific Heats (cp

and cv), Heat interactions in a Closed System for various processes, Limitations of

First Law,

Concept of Heat Engine (H.E.) and Reversed H.E. (Heat Pump and Refrigerator),

Efficiency/COP, Second Law: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements, Carnot

Cycle, Carnot Efficiency, Statement of Clausius Inequality, Property of Entropy,

T-S and P-V Diagrams

UNIT - IV

Mixtures of perfect Gases – Mole Fraction, Mass friction Gravimetric and

volumetric Analysis – Dalton’s Law of partial pressure, Avogadro’s Laws of

additive volumes – Mole fraction , Volume fraction and partial pressure,

Equivalent Gas const.

Atmospheric air - Psychrometric Properties – Dry bulb Temperature, Wet Bulb Temperature, Dew point Temperature, , Specific Humidity, Relative Humidity,

saturated Air, Vapour pressure, Degree of saturation – Adiabatic Saturation

B. Tech. (CE) VII - Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

,Psychrometric chart.

UNIT - V

Power Cycles: Otto, Diesel cycles - Description and representation on P–V and T-

S diagram,

Thermal Efficiency, Mean Effective Pressures on Air standard basis

Refrigeration Cycles: Bell-Coleman cycle, Vapour compression cycle-

performance Evaluation.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Basic Engineering Thermodynamics / PK Nag / Mc Graw Hill

2. Engineering Thermodynamics / chattopadhyay/ Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Thermodynamics for Engineers / Kenneth A. Kroos , Merle C. Potter/ Cengage

2. Thermodynamics /G.C. Gupta /Pearson

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After completing this course the students will be able to

1. Apply energy balance to systems and control volumes, in situations

involving heat and work interactions.

2. Evaluate changes in thermometric properties of substances.

3. Apply the laws of thermodynamics to different systems.

4. Understand the psychrometric properties of air

5. Compare different air standard cycles.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30383) FUNDAMENTALS OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I OFFERED BY Mechanical Engineering )

UNIT – I

Structure of Metals: Crystallography, Miller’s indices, Packing Efficiency,

Density calculations. Grains and Grain Boundaries. Effect of grain size on the

properties. Determination of grain size by different methods. Constitution of

Alloys: Necessity of alloying, Types of solid solutions, Hume - Rothery rules,

Intermediate alloy phases.

UNIT –II

Phase Diagrams: Construction and interpretation of phase diagrams, Phase rule.

Lever rule. Binary phase Diagrams, Isomorphous, Eutectic and Eutectoid

transformations with examples.

UNIT – III

Steels: Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Heat Treatment: Study of Fe-Fe3C phase

diagram. Construction of TTT diagrams. Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening and

Tempering of steels, Hardenability. Alloy steels.

UNIT – IV

Cast Irons: Structure and properties of White Cast iron, Malleable Cast iron,

Grey cast iron. Engineering Materials-III: Non-ferrous Metals and Alloys:

Structure and properties of copper and its alloys, Aluminium and its alloys, Al-Cu

phase diagram, Titanium and its alloys.

UNIT – V

Ceramics, Polymers and Composites: Crystalline ceramics, glasses, cermets:

structure, properties and applications. Classification, properties and applications

of composites. Classification, Properties and applications of Polymers.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Material Science and Metallurgy/ Kodgire

2. Essentials of Materials Science and engineering / Donald R. Askeland /

Thomson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy / Sidney H. Avner.

2. Materials Science and engineering / William and callister.

3. Elements of Material science / V. Rahghavan

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course the students are able to:


L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Identify the crystalline structure of steel.

2. Understand the theory of time temperature and transformation

3. Determine of different uses of heat treatment in steel.

4. Distinguish between the various forms of steel.

5. Understand the properties of non-ferrous alloys and uses of composite

materials.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30471) PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

(Open Elective-I: offered by ECE Department)

Unit- I: Introduction to Communication System

Block diagram of Communication system, Radio communication: Types of

communications, Analog, Pulse, and Digital, Types of Signals, Fourier Transform

for various signals, Fourier Spectrum, Power spectral density, Correlation,

Convolution, Time Division Multiplexing, Frequency Division Multiplexing.

Unit- II: Amplitude Modulation

Need for modulation, Types of Amplitude modulation: AM, DSBSC, SSBSC,

Power and BW requirements, Generation of AM, DSBSC, SSBSC, Demodulation

of AM: Diode detector, Coherent detection of DSBSC& SSBSC.

Unit- III: Angle Modulation

Frequency & Phase Modulation, Advantages of FM over AM, Bandwidth

consideration, Narrow band FM, Wide band FM, Comparison of FM and PM.

Pulse Modulation

Sampling, Sampling Theorem for Band limited signals, Types of Pulse

modulation: PAM, PWM, PPM, Generation and demodulation of PAM, PWM,

and PPM.

Unit- IV: Digital communication

Advantage, Block diagram of PCM, Quantization error, DPCM, Adaptive DPCM,

DM and Comparison.

Digital Modulation: ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK, QPSK, coherent and Non-coherent

reception.

Unit- V: Information Theory

Concept of Information, Rate of Information and entropy, Source coding for

optimum rate of information, Coding efficiency, Shannon Fano coding, Huffman

Coding.

Error Control Coding: Introduction, Error detection and Correction codes, Block

codes, Convolution codes.

Textbooks:

B. Tech. ( CE ) VII -

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Communication Systems Analog and Digital–R. P. Singh, SD Sapre,

TMH, 20th

reprint, 2004.

2. Principles of Communication Systems – H Taub& D. Schilling,

GautamSahe, TMH, 3rd

Edition, 2007.

3. Communication Systems – B.P. Lathi, BS Publication, 2004.

References:

1. Analog and Digital Communication – K. Sam Shanmugam, Willey, 2005.

2. Electronics & Communication System – George Kennedy and Bernard

Davis, TMH 2004.

3. Digital Communications- John G. Proakis, MasoudSalehi- 5th

Edition,

Mcgarw- Hill,2008.

Course Outcomes At the end of the course the student should be able to:

1. Understand the concept of Communication systems.

2. Describe the concept of AM and FM transmission and Reception.

3. Analyze the concepts of digital communication systems.

4. Compare the different digital modulation techniques.

Discuss about different error detecting and error correcting codes like block codes,

cyclic codes and convolution codes.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30472) BASIC ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

(Open Elective-I: offered by ECE Department)

UNIT-I:

P-N Junction Diode:

Basics of semiconductor materials, P-N junction as a Diode, Diode Equation,

Volt-Ampere Characteristics, Temperature dependence of V-I characteristics, Ideal

versus Practical- Resistance levels (Static and Dynamic). Breakdown Mechanisms

in Semiconductor Diodes, Zener Diode Characteristics, Voltage Regulation using

Zener diode.

UNIT- II:

Rectifiers and Filters:

The P-N junction as a Rectifier, Half wave Rectifier, Full wave Rectifier, Bridge

Rectifier, Harmonic components in a Rectifier Circuit, Inductor Filters, Capacitor

Filters, L- Section Filters, Pi- Section Filters, Comparison of Filters,.

UNIT –III:

Bipolar Junction Transistor:

The Junction Transistor, , Transistor Current Components, , Transistor as an

Amplifier, transistor Construction, BJT Operation, symbol, Common base,

Common Emitter and Common Collector Configurations, Limits of operation, BJT

Specifications, BJT Hybrid model , Determination of H parameters from Transistor

characteristics, Comparison of CB, CE, and CC configurations.

UNIT- IV:

Transistor Biasing and Stabilization: Operating Point, The DC and AC Load

lines, need for Biasing, Fixed Bias, Collector to base bias Feedback, Voltage

Divider Bias, Bias Stability, Stabilization Factors, Stabilization against variations

in VBE and β, Bias Compensation using Diodes and Transistors, Thermal Runaway,

Thermal Stability.

UNIT- V:

Field Effect Transistor: The Junction Field Effect Transistor (Construction,

principle of operation, Symbol)- Pinch-off Voltage-Volt-Ampere characteristics,

The JFET small signal model, MOSFET ( Construction, principle of operation,

Symbol), MOSFET Characteristics in Enhancement and Depletion modes.


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Millman's Electronic Devices & Circuits-J. Millman, C.C.

Halkais&SatyabrataJit, 2 Ed., 1998, TMH.

2. Electronic Devices & Circuits- Mohammad Rashid, Cengage Learning, 2013

3. Electronic Devices & Circuits- David A. Bell, 5 Ed, Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Integrated Electronics- J. Millman and Christos C. Halkais, 1991 Ed., 2008,

TMH.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits- R.L. Boylstad and Louis Nashelsky, 9 Ed.,

2006, PEI/PHI

3. Electronic Devices and Circuits- B. P. Singh, Rekha Singh, Pearson, 2 Ed, 2013.

4. Electronic Devices and Circuits- K. Lal Kishore, 2 Ed., 2005, BSP.

5. Electronic Devices and Circuits- Anil K. Maini, Varsha Agarwal, 1 Ed., 2009,

Wiley India Pvt Ltd.

6. Electronic Devices and Circuits- S. Salivahanan, N. Suresh Kumar, A.

Vallavaraj, 2 ed., 2008, TMH.

Course outcomes:


1. Understand and analyze the different types of diodes and its

characteristics.

2. Construct various rectifiers and filters.

3. Analyze the characteristics of BJT & FET.

4. Design the DC bias circuitry of BJT and FET.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30531) PYTHON PROGRAMMING

(Open Elective-I: Offered by CSE Department)

UNIT-I

Introduction to Python, Installing Python. How a Program Works, Using Python,

Program Development Cycle, Input, Processing, and Output, Displaying Output

with the Print Function, Comments, Variables, Reading Input from the Keyboard,

Performing Calculations, Operators. Type conversions, Expressions, More about

Data Output. Decision Structures and Boolean Logic: if, if-else, if-elif-else

Statements, Nested Decision Structures, Comparing Strings, Logical Operators,

Boolean Variables. Repetition Structures: Introduction, while loop, for loop,

Calculating a Running Total, Input Validation Loops, Nested Loops.

Data types and Expressions: Strings, Assignment and Comments, Numeric Data

Types and Character Sets, Expressions, Functions and Modules.

UNIT–II

Control Statements: Definite Iteration, Formatting Text for Output, Selection,

Conditional Iteration. File and Exceptions: Introduction to File Input and Output,

Using Loops to Process Files, Processing Records, Exceptions. Functions:

Introduction, Defining and Calling a Void Function, designing a Program to Use

Functions, Local Variables, Passing Arguments to Functions, Global Variables

and Global Constants, Value-Returning Functions-Generating Random Numbers,

the math Module, Storing Functions in Modules.

UNIT–III

Python Data structures: Accessing Characters and Substrings in a String, Strings

and Number System, String Methods, Basic String Operations, String Slicing,

Testing, Searching, and Manipulating Strings. Text Files, Data Encryption, Lists,

Introduction to Lists, List slicing, Finding Items in Lists with the in Operator, List

Methods and Useful Built-in Functions, Copying Lists, Processing Lists, Two-

Dimensional Lists, Tuples Sequences, Tuples. Dictionaries and Sets: Dictionaries,

Sets, Serializing Objects. Recursion: Introduction, Problem Solving with

Recursion, Examples of Recursive Algorithms

UNIT-IV

Design with Classes: Classes and Objects, Classes and Functions, Classes and

Methods, Working with Instances, Inheritance and Polymorphism. Object-


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Oriented Programming: Procedural and Object-Oriented Programming, Classes,

techniques for Designing Classes

UNIT–V

Graphical User Interfaces: Behavior of terminal based programs and GUI-based

programs, Coding simple GUI-based programs, other useful GUI resources. GUI

Programming: Graphical User Interfaces, Using the tkinter Module, Display text

with Label Widgets, Organizing Widgets with Frames, Button Widgets and Info

Dialog Boxes, Getting Input with Entry Widget, Using Labels as Output Fields,

Radio Buttons, Check Buttons.

Simple Graphics and Image Processing: Overview of Turtle Graphics, Two

dimensional Shapes, Colors and RBG System, Image Processing.

Text Books:

1. Kenneth A. Lambert, The Fundamentals of Python: First Programs, 2011,

Cengage Learning.

2. Think Python First Edition, by Allen B. Downey, Orielly publishing

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python. John V. Guttag,

The MIT Press.

2. James Payne, Beginning Python using Python 2.6 and Python 3, Wrox

publishing

3. Paul Gries, Practical Programming: An Introduction to Computer Science using

Python 3, The Pragmatic

Bookshelf, 2nd edition

Course Outcomes

Students shall be able to

1. Describe the Numbers, Math functions, Strings, List, Tuples and

Dictionaries in Python

2. Express different Decision-Making statements and Functions

3. Interpret Object oriented programming in Python

4. summarize different File handling operations

5. Explain how to design GUI Applications in Python and evaluate different

database Operations.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30554) JAVA PROGRAMMING

(Open Elective-I: Offered by CSE Department)

UNIT-I

Introduction: Java Essentials, JVM, Java Features, Creation and Execution of

Programs, Data Types, Type Conversion, Casting, Conditional Statements, Loops,

Branching Mechanism, Classes, Objects, Class Declaration, Creating Objects,

Method Declaration and Invocation, Method Overloading, Constructors–

Parameterized Constructors, Constructor Overloading, Cleaning-up unused

Objects, Class Variables & Methods-static Keyword, this Keyword.

UNIT–II

Arrays: One-Dimensional Arrays, Two-Dimensional Arrays, Command-Line

Arguments, Inner Class. Inheritance: Introduction, Types of Inheritance, extends

Keyword, Examples, Method Overriding, super, final Keywords, Abstract classes,

Interfaces, Abstract Classes Verses Interfaces.

UNIT–III

Packages–Creating and Using Packages, Access Protection, Wrapper Classes,

String Class, StringBuffer Class. Exception: Introduction, Types, Exception

Handling Techniques, User-Defined Exception.

UNIT-IV

Multithreading: Introduction, Main Thread, Creation of New Threads – By

Inheriting the Thread Class or Implementing the Runnable Interface, Thread

Lifecycle, Thread Priority, Synchronization.

UNIT–V

java.io Package, File Class, FileInputStream Class, FileOutputStream Class,

Scanner Class, BufferedInputStream Class, BufferedOutputStream Class,

RandomAccessFile Class.

Text Books:

1. Sachin Malhotra, Saurabh Choudhary, Programming in Java (2e),

Oxford publications.

Reference Books:


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1.Herbert Schildt, Java: The Complete Reference (9e), McGraw Hill Education;

2. C. Thomas Wu, An introduction to object-oriented programming with Java

(5e), McGraw-Hill Education;

Course Outcomes

The student shall be able to:

1. Explain the OOPs concepts.

2. Describe various types of Inheritance in Java.

3. Develop robust Java applications using Packages, Exceptions.

4. Implement Java applications using Java Threads.

5. Design Java applications with various modes of Input and output


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(C30161) LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-I: Offered by MBA Department)

Unit – 1

Understanding the Supply Chain: Objective and Importance of Supply Chain

Process View of Supply Chain. Competitive and Supply Chain Strategies,

Achieving Strategic Fit, Expanding Strategic Scope. Logistics: The Logistical value

preposition, The Work of Logistics, Logistical operations, Logistical operating

arrangements, Supply chain Synchronization, Supply Chain Drivers and Metrics:

Drivers for Supply Chain Performance, Framework for Structuring drivers.

Facilities, inventory, transportation, information, sourcing and pricing. Obstacles to

Achieving fit, Supply chain performance in India. Case studies

Unit – 2

Designing the Supply Chain Network : Role of distribution in the Supply Chain,

Factors influencing Distribution network design, Design options for Distribution

network, The role of network design in the Supply Chain, Frame work for Network

design decisions, Models for facility location and capacity allocation, Planning

Demand and Supply in a Supply Chain: Demand Forecasting in Supply Chain:

Components of forecast and forecasting methods, Aggregate Planning in Supply

Chain: Role of aggregate planning, Aggregate planning Strategies , Inventory

planning and economic theory aberrations. Case studies

Unit – 3

Planning and Managing inventories in Supply Chain: Managing Economies of

Scale in Supply Chain, Managing Uncertainty in a Supply Chain, Determining

optimal level of product inventory. Designing and Planning Transportation

Networks: Transportation in a Supply Chain. Case studies

Unit – 4

Managing Cross Functional Drivers in a Supply Chain: Sourcing decisions in a

Supply Chain and procurement strategies, Pricing and Revenue Management in a

Supply Chain, Information Technology and Coordination in a Supply chain. Case

studies

Unit- 5

Logistics and Supply chain relationships: Identifying logistics performance


L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

indicators –Channel structure – Economics of distribution –channel relationships –

logistics service alliances. Managing Global logistics and Global supply chains:

Logistics in a global economy – views of global logistics- global operating levels –

interlinked global economy - The Global supply chains , Supply Chain

Management in Global environment–Global strategy – Global purchasing – Global

logistics–Global alliances –Issues and Challenges in Global supply chain

Management – Case studies

References

Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl: Supply chain Management: Strategy,

Planning and Operation, Third edition, Pearson, 2009.

Donald J.Bowersox and David J.Closs: Logistical Management: The

Integrated Supply Chain Process, TMH, 2006.

Rajasekhar & Acharyulu: Logistics and Supply Chain Management,

Excel, 2009.

Sridhara Bhat: Logistics and supply chain management, Himalaya, 2009.

John T Mentzer: Supply Chain Management, Sage Publications, 2008

Donal Waters: Global Logistics, Kogan Page, 2009

Christain schuh et al:The purchasing chess board, Springer link,2009.

Philip B.Schary, Tage Skjott-Larsen: Managing the Global Supply Chain,

Viva, 2008.

Joel D wisner, Keong Leong, Keah Choon Tan: Principles of Supply

Chain Management- A Balanced approach, Cengage Learning, 2008

Rahul V Altekar: Supply Chain Management, Concepts and Cases, PHI ,

2008

Rangaraj: Supply chain Management for competitive advantage, TMH,

2009

Kachru: Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Excel, 2009

Shah: Supply Chain Management, Pearson, 2009

COURSE OUTCOMES


1. Analyse importance of managing and handling Logistical operation in an

organization.

2. Develop the knowledge of supply chain strategies formulation and

implementation

3. Develop, implement and evaluate transportation networks

4. Design and develop effective procurement and pricing strategies

5. Manage effective relationship with the national and international channel

members.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(C30162) KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-I: Offered by MBA Department)

Course Aim: The objective of the course is to provide the basics of the emerging

area of Knowledge Management to students. This course through light on few

important concepts as Knowledge management and Information Technology,

Knowledge process, etc.

Unit 1

The Knowledge Economy: Leveraging Knowledge, Data-Information-knowledge-

Wisdom relationship, organizational knowledge, characteristics and components of

organizational knowledge –Building knowledge societies- Measures for meeting

the challenges of implementing KM programmes.

Unit 2

Knowledge Management and Information Technology: Role Information

Technology in Knowledge Management Systems, Knowledge Management

tools,Creative effective Knowledge Management Systems through Information

Technology, ERP and BPR, Data Warehousing and Data Mining.

Unit 3: Future of Knowledge Management and Industry perspective:

Companies on the road to knowledge management, Knowledge Management in

Manufacturing and service industry, challenges and future of Knowledge

Management.

Unit 4

The Knowledge Process: Universal appeal, Stages of KM Process, Knowledge

Capital vs physical capital, Customer Relationship Management, Business Ethics

And KM, The Promise of Internet and the Imperatives of the new age.

Unit 5

Implementation of Knowledge Management: Discussion on Roadblocks to

success,10-step KM Road Map of Amrit Tiwana, Business Intelligence and Internet

platforms, web Portals, Information Architecture: A three-way Balancing Act, KM,

the Indian experience, Net Banking in India. –Role of knowledge Management in

Organisational Restructuring. -The Mystique of a Learning Organisation.

References


L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Mattison: Web Warehousing & Knowledge Management, Tata McGraw-

Hill,2009

Becerra Fernandez: Knowledge management: An Evolutionary view, PHI,

2009

Fernando:Knowledge Management, Pearson, 2009

B.Rathan Reddy: Knowledge management, Himalaya, 2009

Tapan K Panda: Knowledge Management, Excel, 2009.

Barnes: Knowledge Management systems, Cengage, 2009.

Tiwana: The Knowledge Management tool kit, 2/e, Pearson Education,

2009.

Warier: Knowledge Management, Vikas Publishing House, 2009

Sislop: Knowledge Management, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,

2009

Debowski: Knowledge Management, Wiley Student Edition, Wiley India,

2007

COURSE OUTCOMES


1. Understanding the key theories and models in knowledge management.

2. Critically apply theory to organisations in order to identify and justify

effective knowledge management strategies and activities.

3. Access and evaluate information research findings relating to knowledge

management.

4. Communicate clearly and effectively incorporating various knowledge

management formats and technologies.

5. Implementing the ethical implications in managing knowledge.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30162) GREEN BUILDINGS

(Offered by Civil Engg.)

(Open Elective-II: Offered by CE Department)

Course Objectives:

To sensitize about the various aspects of sustainable and green building

design in the context of global warming and climate change.

To study the building materials for its impact on environment.

UNIT I - INTRODUCTION

A historical perspective. General premises and strategies for sustainable and green

design, objectives and basis. Bio-mimicry as a design tool based on ecosystem

analogy.

UNIT II - GREEN CONSTRUCTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY

Sustainable architecture and Green Building: Definition, Green building evaluation

systems; LEED Certification; Green Globe Certification; Case studies which look

at the environmental approach; Renewable Energy; Controlling the water cycle,

Impact of materials on environment; Optimizing construction; Site management;

Environmental management of buildings.

UNIT III - PASSIVE DESIGN IN MATERIALS

Passive Design and Material Choice – Traditional Building Materials – Importance

of envelope

material in internal temperature control – Specification for walls and roofs in

different climate –

Material and Humidity Control.

UNIT IV - ECO HOUSE

The form of the house, the building as an analogy. Building concepts: energy loss,

insulation, passive solar gain, active solar gain, health benefits, and sustainable

materials. Small scale wind and hydro power systems. Case study of eco house.

UNIT V - SUSTAINABLE AND GREEN BUILDING DESIGN STUDIO

This studio will explore collaborative learning to explore, investigate and apply

various parameters of sustainability for design development of projected building/

urban scenarios.


L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Course Outcomes

An understanding on sustainability.

Knowledge on renewable energy conservation through material usage.

A thorough understanding on designing green buildings.

REFERENCES

1. Ken Yeang: Eco Design- A manual for Ecological design; Wiley Academy,

2006.

2. Sue Roaf et all: Ecohouse, A design guide; Elsevier Architectural Press, 2007.

3. Thomas E Glavinich: Green Building Construction; Wiley, 2008.

4. Brenda and Robert Vale: Green Architecture, Design for a Sustainable Future;

Thames and Hudson, 1996.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30163) AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL

(Open Elective-II: Offered by CE Department)

Course Objectives: This course will enable students to

Study the sources and effects of air pollution

Learn the meteorological factors influencing air pollution.

Analyze air pollutant dispersion models

Illustrate particular and gaseous pollution control methods.

UNIT – I

Introduction: Definition, Sources, classification and characterization of air

pollutants. Effects of air pollution on health, vegetation & materials. Types of

inversion, photochemical smog.

UNIT – II

Meteorology: Temperature lapse rate & stability, wind velocity & turbulence,

plume behavior, measurement of meteorological variables, wind rose diagrams,

Plume Rise, estimation of effective stack height and mixing depths.

UNIT – III

Sampling: Sampling of particulate and gaseous pollutants (Stack, Ambient &

indoor air pollution), Monitoring and analysis of air pollutants (PM2.5, PM10,

SOX, NOX, CO, NH3). Development of air quality models-Gaussian dispersion

model-Including Numerical problems.

UNIT – IV

Control Techniques: Particulate matter and gaseous pollutants- settling chambers,

cyclone separators, scrubbers, filters & ESP - Including Numerical problems. Site

selection for industrial plant location.

UNIT – V

Air pollution due to automobiles, standards and control methods. Noise pollution-

causes, effects and control, noise standards. Environmental issues, global episodes.

Environmental laws and acts.

B. Tech. ( CE) VII - Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Course outcomes: After studying this course, students will be able to:

1. Identify the major sources of air pollution and understand their effects on health

and environment.

2. Evaluate the dispersion of air pollutants in the atmosphere and to develop air

quality models.

3. Ascertain and evaluate sampling techniques for atmospheric and stack

pollutants.

4. Choose and design control techniques for particulate and gaseous emissions.

Textbooks:

1. M. N. Rao and H V N Rao, “Air pollution”, Tata Mc-G raw Hill Publication.

2. H. C. Perkins, “Air pollution”. Tata McGraw Hill Publication.

3. Mackenzie Davis and David Cornwell, “Introduction t o Environmental

Engineering” McGraw-Hill Co.

Reference Books: 1. Noel De Nevers, “Air Pollution Control Engineering”, Waveland Pr Inc.

2.Anjaneyulu Y, “Text book of Air Pollution and Control Technologies”, Allied

Publishers.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30259) ELECTRICAL & HYBRID VEHICLES

(Open Elective-II: Offered by EEE Department)

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO HEV

Configuration of Electric Vehicles, Performance of Electric Vehicles, Traction

motor characteristics, Tractive effort and Transmission requirement, Vehicle

performance, Tractive effort in normal driving, Energy consumption Concept of

Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Architecture of Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Series

Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Parallel hybrid electric drive trains

UNIT II: ENERGY STORAGE FOR EV AND HEV

Energy storage requirements, Battery parameters, Types of Batteries, Modelling of

Battery, Fuel Cell basic principle and operation, Types of Fuel Cells, PEMFC and

its operation, Modelling of PEMFC, Super Capacitors

UNIT III: ELECTRIC PROPULSION

EV consideration, DC motor drives and speed control, Induction motor drives,

Permanent Magnet Motor Drives, Switch Reluctance Motor Drive for Electric

Vehicles, Configuration and control of Drives.

UNIT IV: DESIGN OF ELECTRIC AND HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLES

Series Hybrid Electric Drive Train Design: Operating patterns, control strategies,

Sizing of major components, power rating of traction motor, power rating of

engine/generator, design of PPS Parallel Hybrid Electric Drive Train Design:

Control strategies of parallel hybrid drive train, design of engine power capacity,

design of electric motor drive capacity, transmission design, energy storage design

UNIT V: POWER ELECTRONIC CONVERTER FOR BATTERY

CHARGING

Charging methods for battery, Termination methods, charging from grid, The Z-

converter, Isolated bidirectional DC-DC converter, Design of Z converter for

battery charging, High-frequency transformer based isolated charger topology,

Transformer less topology

Text books:


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. M. Ehsani, Y. Gao, S. Gay and Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid

Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Design,

CRC Press, 2005

2. Iqbal Husain, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC

Press, 2003

Reference Books:

1. Sheldon S. Williamson, Energy Management Strategies for Electric and

Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles, Springer, 2013.

2. C.C. Chan and K.T. Chau, Modern Electric Vehicle Technology,

OXFORD University Press, 2001.

3. Chris Mi, M. Abul Masrur, David Wenzhong Gao, Hybrid Electric

Vehicles Principles and Applications With Practical Perspectives, Wiley

Publication, 2011.

List of Open Source Software/learning website:

E-materials available at the website of NPTEL- http://nptel.ac.in/ MATLAB

(Trial version): Software is useful for simulation and analysis of electrical

systems

Course Outcomes:


1. Demonstrate the working of Electric Vehicles and recent trends

2. Analyze different power converter topology used for electric vehicle

application

3. Develop the electric propulsion unit and its control for application of

electric vehicles


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30260) ELECTRICAL SAFETY

(Open Elective-II: Offered by EEE Department)

UNIT I: CONCEPTS AND STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS Introduction – electrostatics, electro magnetism, stored energy, energy radiation

and electromagnetic interference – Working principles of electrical equipment-

Indian electricity act and rules-statutory requirements from electrical inspectorate-

international standards on electrical safety – first aid-cardio pulmonary

resuscitation (CPR).

UNIT II : ELECTRICAL HAZARDS Primary and secondary hazards-shocks, burns, scalds, falls-human safety in the use

of electricity. Energy leakage-clearances and insulation-classes of insulation-

voltage classifications-excess energy current surges-Safety in handling of war

equipments-over current and short circuit current-heating effects of current-

electromagnetic forces-corona effect-static electricity –definition, sources,

hazardous conditions, control, electrical causes of fire and explosion-ionization,

spark and arc ignition energy-national electrical safety code ANSI. Lightning,

hazards, lightning arrestor, installation – earthing, specifications, earth resistance,

earth pit maintenance.

UNIT III: PROTECTION SYSTEMS Fuse, circuit breakers and overload relays – protection against over voltage and

under voltage – safe limits of amperage – voltage –safe distance from lines-

capacity and protection of conductor-joints-and connections, overload and short

circuit protection-no load protection-earth fault protection. FRLS insulation-

insulation and continuity test-system grounding-equipment grounding-earth

leakage circuit breaker (ELCB)-cable wires-maintenance of ground-ground fault

circuit interrupter-use of low voltage-electrical guards-Personal protective

equipment – safety in handling hand held electrical appliances tools and medical

equipments.

UNIT IV SELECTION, INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND

MAINTENANCE Role of environment in selection-safety aspects in application - protection and

interlock-self diagnostic features and fail-safe concepts-lock out and work permit


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

system-discharge rod and earthing devices safety in the use of portable tools-

cabling and cable joints-preventive maintenance.

UNIT V HAZARDOUS ZONES Classification of hazardous zones-intrinsically safe and explosion proof electrical

apparatus-increase safe equipment-their selection for different zones-temperature

classification-grouping of gases-use of barriers and isolators-equipment certifying

agencies.

REFERENCES

1.” Accident prevention manual for industrial operations”, N.S.C., Chicago, 1982.

2. Indian Electricity Act and Rules, Government of India.

3. Power Engineers – Handbook of TNEB, Chennai, 1989.

4. Martin Glov Electrostatic Hazards in powder handling, Research Studies Pvt. Ltd.,

England 1988.

5. Fordham Cooper, W., “Electrical Safety Engineering” Butterworth and Company,

London, 1986.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30357) FUNDAMENTALS OF MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

UNIT – I

Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its

applications; Patterns - Pattern making, Types, Materials used for patterns,

pattern allowances and their construction; Properties of moulding sands.

Methods of Melting - Crucible melting and cupola operation – Defects in

castings; Casting processes – Types – Sand moulding, Centrifugal casting, die-

casting, Investment casting, shell moulding; Principles of Gating – Requirements

– Types of gates, Design of gating systems – Riser – Function, types of Riser and

Riser design.

UNIT – II

Welding: Classification – Types of welds and welded joints; Gas welding -

Types, oxy-fuel gas cutting. Arc welding, forge welding, submerged arc welding,

Resistance welding, Thermit welding. Inert Gas Welding - TIG Welding, MIG

welding, explosive welding, Laser Welding; Soldering and Brazing; Heat

affected zone in welding. Welding defects – causes and remedies; destructive and

non- destructive testing of welds.

UNIT – III

Hot working, cold working, strain hardening, recovery, recrystallisation, and

grain growth. Stamping, forming, and other cold working processes. Blanking

and piercing – Bending and forming – Drawing and its types – wire drawing and

Tube drawing – coining – Hot and cold spinning. Types of presses and press

tools. Forces and power requirement in the above operations.

UNIT – IV

Extrusion of Metals: Basic extrusion process and its characteristics. Hot

extrusion and cold extrusion - Forward extrusion and backward extrusion –

Impact extrusion – Extruding equipment – Tube extrusion and pipe making,

Hydrostatic extrusion. Forces in extrusion

UNIT – V

Forging Processes: Forging operations and principles – Tools – Forging methods

B. Tech. (ME) VII -

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

– Smith forging, Drop Forging – Roll forging – Forging hammers : Rotary

forging – forging defects –

cold forging, swaging, Forces in forging operations.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Manufacturing Technology / P.N. Rao / Mc Graw Hill

2. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology/Kalpakjin S/ Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metal Casting / T.V Ramana Rao / New Age

2. Métal Fabrication Technology/ Mukherjee/PHI

Course Outcomes:

For given product, one should be able identify the manufacturing process.

1. Understand the idea for selecting materials for patterns.

2. Learn different types and allowances of patterns used in casting and

analyze the components of moulds.

3. Design core, core print and gating system in metal casting processes

Understand arc, gas, solid state and resistance welding processes.

4. Develop process-maps for metal forming processes using plasticity

principles.

5. Identify the effect of process variables to manufacture defect free

products.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30379) Fundamentals of Automobile Engineering

(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Unit – I

Introduction: Components of four wheeler automobile – chassis and body –

power unit – power transmission rear wheel drive, front wheel drive, 4 wheel

drive – types of automobile engines, engine construction – engine lubrication,

splash and pressure lubrication systems, oil filters, oil pumps – crank case

ventilation – engine service, re boring, decarburization

Unit – II

Fuel System: S.I. Engine: Fuel supply systems, Mechanical and electrical fuel

pumps – Carburetor – types – air filters – petrol injection.

C.I. Engines: Requirements of diesel injection systems, types of injection

systems, fuel pump, nozzle, Alternative fuels for Automobiles-injection,

Classification, Properties, Hybrid vehicles injection timing, testing of fuel,

pumps.

Cooling System: Cooling Requirements, Air Cooling, Liquid Cooling and

Forced Circulation System – Radiators – Types – Cooling Fan - water pump,

thermostat, evaporating cooling – pressure sealed cooling – antifreeze solutions.

Unit – III

Electrical System: Charging circuit, generator, current – voltage regulator –

starting system, bendix drive mechanism solenoid switch, lighting systems, Horn,

wiper, fuel gauge – oil pressure gauge, engine temperature indicator etc.

Ignition System: Function of an ignition system, battery ignition system,

constructional features of storage battery, auto transformer, contact breaker

points, condenser and spark plug – Magneto coil ignition system, electronic

ignition system using contact breaker, electronic ignition using contact triggers –

spark advance and retard mechanism.

Unit – IV

Transmission System: Clutches, principle, types- cone clutch, single plate

clutch, multi plate clutch, magnetic and centrifugal clutches, fluid fly wheel –

Gear boxes, types, sliding mesh, construct mesh, synchro mesh gear boxes,

epicyclic gear box , over drive torque converter. Propeller shaft – Hoatch – Kiss

drive, Torque tube drive universal joint, differential rear axles – types – wheels

and tyres.

Steering System: Types of steering mechanism – Ackerman steering mechanism,

B. Tech. (ME) VIII-

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Davis steering mechanism

Unit – V Suspension System: Objects of suspension systems – rigid axle

suspension system, torsion bar, shock absorber, Independent suspension system.

Braking System: Mechanical brake system, Hydraulic brake system, Master

cylinder, wheel cylinder tandem master cylinder Requirement of brake fluid,

Pneumatic and vacuum brakes.

Text books 1. Automobile Engineering ,Vol. 1 & Vol. 2/ Kripal Singh

2.Automobile Engineering , Vol. 1 & Vol. 2 ,by K.M Gupta,Umesh publication

Reference Books 1. A System approach to Automotive Technology by Jack Erjavec YesDee

publishing Pvt Ltd.

2. Automobile Engineering / William Crouse

3. Automotive Mechanics / Heitner

4. Alternative fuels of Automobiles by P.Rami Reddy, Frontline publications.

Course outcomes:

By undergoing this course, a student shall be able to

1. Identify power generation, transmission and control mechanisms in an

automobile

2. Manipulate the chemical, thermal, mechanical and electrical energies in an

automobile

3. Infer the interaction between subsystems

4. Analyze how transmission system works

5. Learn different components of suspension systems.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30473) IMAGE PROCESSING

(Open Elective-II offered by ECE Department)

Unit- I: Digital Image Fundamentals

Digital Image fundamentals, Components of Digital Image Processing, Sampling

andQuantization, Relationship between pixels.

Image Transforms: 2-D FFT, Properties, Walsh transform, Hadamard Transform,

Discrete Cosine Transform, Haar Transform.

Unit-II: Image Enhancement (Spatial Domain)

Introduction, Image Enhancement in Spatial domain, Enhancement through point

operation, Types of point operation, Histogram manipulation, Linear and nonlinear

gray level Transformation, Local or neighborhood operation, Median filter, image

Smoothing & Sharpening

Image Enhancement (Frequency Domain)

Filtering in Frequency domain, obtaining frequency domain filters from spatial

filters, Generating filters directly in the frequency domain, image

Smoothing&Sharpening.

Unit- III: Image Restoration

Degradation model, Algebraic approach to restoration, Inverse filtering, least mean

square filters, Constrained Least Squares Restoration.

Unit- IV: Image Segmentation

Detection of discontinuities, Edge linking and boundary detection, Thresholding,

Region oriented segmentation.

Morphological Image Processing: Dilation and Erosion, Structuring Element

Decomposition, Opening and Closing, the Hit or Miss Transformation.

Unit- V: Image Compression

Redundancies and their removal methods, Fidelity criteria, Image compression

models, Huffman and Arithmetic Coding, Error free compression, Lossy

compression, Lossy and Lossless Predictive Coding, Transform based

Compression, JPEG 2000 Standards.

Text Books:


L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Digital Image Processing – Rafael C. Gonzalez, Rechard E. Woods, 3rd

edition. Pearson, 2008

2. Digital Image Processing – S. Jayaraman, S Esakkirajan, T Veerakumar-

TMH, 2010

Reference Books:

1. Digital Image Processing using MATLAB – Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard

E woods and Steven L. Eddings, 2nd

Edition, TMH, 2010.

2. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing – A. K. Jain, PHI, 1989.

3. Digital Image processing and Computer vision – Somka, Hlavac, Boyle

Cengage learning (Indian edition) 2008.

4. Introductory Computer vision Imaging Techniques and Solutions – Adrian

low, 2008, 2nd

Edition.

5. Introduction to Image Processing & Analysis – John C. Russ, J. Christian

Russ, CRC press, 2010.

Course outcomes


1. Describe the fundamentals of digital image processing.

2. Distinguish between spatial domain enhancement and frequency domain

enhancement.

3. Analyze the image restoration and segmentation methods.

4. Discriminate between lossless and lossy compression techniques.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30474) DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

(Open Elective-II offered by ECE Department)

UNIT I:

NUMBER SYSTEM AND BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND SWITCHING

FUNCTIONS

Number Systems, Base Conversion Methods, Complements of numbers, Codes –

binary codes, Binary Coded Decimal code and its properties, unit Distance Codes,

Alpha Numeric Codes, Error Detecting and Correcting Codes.

Boolean Algebra: Basic theorems and properties - Switching Functions,

Canonical and Standard forms-Algebraic simplification Digital Logic Gates,

Properties of XOR gates &Universal gates-Multilevel NAND/NOR realizations.

UNIT-II:

MINIMIZATION AND DESIGN OF COMBINATIONAL CIRCUITS:

Introduction, The Minimization with Theorem, The Karnaugh Map Method, Five

and Six Variable Maps , Prime and Essential Implicants, Don’t Care Map Entries,

minimization using tabular method, Partially Specified Expressions Multi Output

minimization and combinational design, ArithmeticCircuits, Comparator,

Multiplexer, Code-converters.

UNIT-III:

SEQUENTIAL MACHINES FUNDAMENTALS

Introduction, Basic Architectural Distinctions between combinational and

sequential circuits. The Binary Cell, Fundamentals of Sequential Machine

Operations, The Flip-flop, D-Latch &Flip-flop, the clocked T-flip-flop, the

clocked J-K flip-flop, Design of a clocked flip-flop. Conversion from one type of

Flip-Flop to another, Timing and Triggering Consideration.

UNIT-IV:

SEQUENTIAL CIRCUIT DESIGN AND ANALYSIS

Introduction, State Diagram, Analysis of synchronous Sequential Circuits,

Approaches to the Design of Synchronous Sequential Finite State Machines,

Design Aspects, State Reduction, Design Steps, Realization using Flip-Flops.

Counters –Design of single mode counter, Ripple counter, Ring counter, Shift


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

register, Shift register sequences, Ring counter using Shift register.

UNIT-V:

FSM Charts:Finitestate machine-capabilities and limitations, Mealy and Moore

models-minimization of completely specified and incompletely specified

sequential machines, Partition techniques and Merger chart methods-concept of

minimal cover table.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Switching& Finite Automata theory – ZviKohavi, &Niraj K. Jha, 3rd Edition,

Cambridge.

2. Digital Design -Morris Mano, PHI, 3rd Edition, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1 Introduction to switching design and logic design _ Fredriac J. Hill, Gerald R.

Peterson, 3rd ED, John Wiley & Sons Inc

2. Digital fundamentals – A Systems approach-Thomas L. Floyd, Pearson, 2013.

3. Digital logic design- Ye Brian and Holds Worth, Elsevier.

4. Fundamentals of Logic Design - Charles H. Roth, Thomson Publications, 5th

Edition, 2004.

5. Digital Logic Applications and Design - John M. Yarbrough, Thomson

Publications, 2006.

6. Digital Logic and state machine design – Comer, 3rd

, oxford, 2013.

Course Outcomes


1. Understand the various number systems and conversions.

2. Solve the Boolean expressions using Boolean laws and minimization

techniques.

3. Design and analyze the combinational circuits.

4. Design and analyze the sequential circuits.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30537) DATA ANALYTICS WITH R

(OPEN ELECTIVE-II Offered by CSE Department)

UNIT -I

Introduction, how to run R, R Sessions and Functions, Basic Math, Variables, Data

Types, Vectors, Conclusion, Advanced Data Structures, Data Frames, Lists,

Matrices, Arrays, Classes. R Programming Structures, Control Statements, Loops, -

Looping Over Non-Vector Sets, - If-Else, Arithmetic and Boolean Operators and

values, Default Values for Argument, Return Values, Deciding Whether to

explicitly call return- Returning Complex Objects, Functions are Objective, No

Pointers in R, Recursion

UNIT –II

Introduction of Data Science, Basic Data Analytics using R, R Graphical User

Interfaces Data Import and Export, Attribute and Data Types, Descriptive Statistics,

Exploratory Data Analysis, Visualization Before Analysis, Dirty Data, visualizing a

Single Variable, Examining Multiple Variables, Data Exploration Versus

Presentation

UNIT –III

Doing Math and Simulation in R, Math Function, Extended Example Calculating

Probability- Cumulative Sums and Products-Minima and Maxima- Calculus,

Functions Fir Statistical Distribution, Sorting, Linear Algebra Operation on Vectors

and Matrices, Extended Example: Vector cross Product- Extended Example:

Finding Stationary Distribution of Markov Chains

UNIT –IV

Discover R‘s packages to do graphics and create own data visualizations. Graphics,

Creating Graphs, The Workhorse of R Base Graphics, the plot() Function

,Customizing Graphs, Saving Graphs to Files. Probability Distributions, Normal

Distribution- Binomial Distribution- Poisson Distributions Other Distribution,

Basic Statistics, Correlation and Covariance, T-Tests, ANOVA

Linear Models, Simple Linear Regression, -Multiple Regression Generalized

Linear Models, Logistic Regression, - Poisson Regression- other Generalized

Linear Models-Survival Analysis, Nonlinear Models, Splines- Decision- Random

Forests,


L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT –V

Overview of Clustering, K-means, Use Cases, Overview of the Method, Perform

K-means Analysis using R. Classification, Decision Trees, Overview of a Decision

Tree, Decision Tree Algorithms, Evaluating a Decision Tree. Decision Tree in R,

Bayes ‘Theorem, Naïve Bayes Classifier, Smoothing, Naïve Bayes in R

Text Books:

1. The Art of R Programming, Norman Matloff, Cengage Learning

2. David Dietrich, Barry Heller and Beibei Yang, ―Data Science and Big Data

Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing and Presenting Data‖, EMC

Education Services,

Reference Books:

1. R in Action, Rob Kabacoff, Manning Nathan Marz, James Warren, ―Big Data-

Principles and best practices of scalable real-time data systems‖, Edition 2015,

DreamTech Press,

Course Outcomes

The student shall be able

1. Write simple applications using R programming language constructs.

2. Explore data and analyze it using R.

3. Implement classification, clustering and feature selection methods with R.

4. Understand Regression Generalized Linear Models.

5. Perform K-means Analysis using R.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30555) INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

(Open Elective-II: Offered by CSE Department)

UNIT-I

Introduction to Databases: Introduction, Traditional File-Based Systems, Database

Approach, Roles in the Database Environment, Advantages and Disadvantages of

DBMS, The Three-Level ANSI-SPARC Architecture,

Database Languages, Data Models, Functions of a DBMS, Components of DBMS.

Relational Model: Introduction, Terminology, Integrity Constraints, Views. The

Relational Algebra: Unary Operations, Set Operations, Join Operations, Division

Operation, Aggregation and Grouping Operations.

UNIT–II

SQL: The ISO SQL Data Types, Integrity Enhancement Feature–Domain

Constraints, Entity Integrity, Referential Integrity, General Constraints, Data

Definition–Creating a Database, creating a Table, Changing a Table Definition,

removing a Table, Creating an Index, Removing an Index, Views–Creating a View,

Removing a View, View Resolution, Restrictions on Views, View Updatability

‘WITH CHECK OPTION’, Advantages and Disadvantages of Views, View

Materialization.

UNIT–III

SQL: Introduction, Data Manipulation–Simple Queries, Sorting Results, Using the

SQL Aggregate Functions, Grouping Results, Sub-queries, ANY and ALL, Multi-

table Queries, EXISTS and NOT EXIST, Combining Result Tables, Database

Updates.

UNIT-IV

Advanced SQL: The SQL Programming Language–Declarations, Assignments,

Control Statements, Exceptions, Cursors, Subprograms, Stored Procedures,

Functions, and Packages, Triggers, Recursion.

UNIT–V


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Normalization: The Purpose of Normalization, How Normalization Supports

Database Design, Data Redundancy and Update Anomalies, Functional

Dependencies in brief, The Process of Normalization,1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF.

Text Books:

1.Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, Database Management Systems,

McGraw-Hill Education, 2003

2. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudarshan, Database System

Concepts, McGraw-Hill Education

Reference Books:

1.Thomas M. Connolly, Carolyn E. Begg, Database Systems–A Practical Approach

to Design, Implementation, and Management (6e), Pearson publisher

2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems,

Pearson publisher

Course Outcomes


1.Describe Database Management System Architecture.

2.Create, update, modify Relational Database Objects.

3.Manipulate data in Relational Database

4.Develop PL/SQL programs using Cursors, Subprograms, Stored Procedures,

Functions, and Packages, Triggers.

5.Explain the purpose of normalization and types Normal forms.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(C30163) MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

(Open Elective-II Offered by MBA Department)

Unit I:

Industrial Relations: Introduction, concepts, importance of Industrial relations,

scope and aspects of industrial relations, the management, the government factors

affecting industrial relations, evolution of industrial relations policy, the industrial

policy resolution 1991.

Unit II:

Anatomy of Industrial disputes and resolutions-I: industrial disputes ,

classification, causes, tripotisim, bipotism Tripartite and Bipartite Bodies,

Standing orders and Grievance Procedure.

Unit III:

Anatomy of Industrial disputes and resolutions-II: Collective Bargaining,

Conciliation, Arbitration, Adjudication, The Industrial Dispute Act 1947, Labour

Welfare work, Labour Welfare officer, Worker’s Participation.

Unit IV:

Industrial relations legislation-I:Wage Policy and Wage Regulation Machinery,

Wage Legislation, Payment of Wages Act 1936, The Payment of Bonus Act,1965,

Minimum wages Act-1948.

Unit V:

Industrial relations legislation-II:The Factories Act 1948, Mines Act 1952,

Industrial Relations and Technological Change.

Journals : Indian Journal of Industrial Relation; NHRD Journal of Career

Management ; Management and Labour Studies; Personnel today; Leadership

excellence; Indian Journal of Training & Development.

References:


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Mamoria, Mamoria, Gankar “Dynamics of Industrial Relations”

Himalaya Publishing House.2012.

Dr K S Anandram “Cases in Personnel Management Industrial Relations

and Trade Relations” Everest, 2012.

Arun Monappa,Ranjeet Nambudiri,Selvaraj “ Industrial Relations and

Labour Laws” , TMH,2012

A.M.Sharma “Industrial Relations and Labour Laws”, Himalaya

Publishing House,2013.

Ratna Sen “Industrial Relations-Text and cases “Macmillan

Publishers,2011.

Kubendran.V,Kodeeswari.K “Industrial Relations and Labour Laws

“Himalaya Publishing House,2011.

Punekar S.D,Deodhar S.B, Saras wathi Sankaren”Labour Welfare,Trade

Unionism and Industrial Relations, “Himalaya Publishing House,2012.

B.D.Singh “Industrial Relations”Excel Books 2008.

S C Srivastava “Industrial Relations and Labor Laws” Vikas, 2012.

Padhi “ Labour and Industrial Relations” PHI, 2012.

Venkata Ratnam “Industrial Relations” Oxford, 2012.

COURSE OUTCOMES


1. Access the concept and Scope of Industrial Relations and its resolution.

2. Outline the knowledge towards Trade unions, Industrial disputes and

Grievance Procedure.

3. Identify various Laws on Wages, Welfare and Social Security.

4. Illustrate rules and regulations of working conditions.

5. Enlighten on quality standards in industry.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(C30164) ENTREPRENEURSHIP

(Open Elective-II Offered by MBA)

Unit I:

Understanding Entrepreneurial Mindset- The revolution impact of

entrepreneurship- The evolution of entrepreneurship- Approaches to

entrepreneurship- Process approach- Twenty first centaury trends in

entrepreneurship.

Unit II:

The individual entrepreneurial mind-set and Personality- The entrepreneurial

journey- Stress and the entrepreneur- the entrepreneurial ego- Entrepreneurial

motivations. Corporate Entrepreneurial Mindset- the nature of corporate

entrepreneur- conceptualization of corporate entrepreneurship Strategy-sustaining

corporate entrepreneurship.

Unit III:

Launching Entrepreneurial Ventures- opportunities identification-

entrepreneurial Imagination and Creativity- the nature of the creativity process-

Innovation and entrepreneurship. Methods to initiate Ventures- Creating new

ventures-Acquiring an Established entrepreneurial venture- Franchising-hybrid-

disadvantage of Franchising.

Unit IV:

Legal challenges of Entrepreneurship-Intellectual property protection-Patents,

Copyrights-Trade marks and Trade secrets-Avoiding trademark pitfalls.

Formulation of the entrepreneurial Plan- The challenges of new venture start-ups,

Poor financial Understanding-Critical factors for new venture development-The

Evaluation process-Feasibility criteria approach.

Unit V:

Strategic perspectives in entrepreneurship- Strategic planning-Strategic

actions- strategic positioning-Business stabilization- Building the adaptive firms-

Understanding the growth stage-Unique managerial concern of growing ventures.


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Journal:

The Journal of Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship Development

Institute of India, Ahmedabad

Journal of Human Values: IIM Calcutta.

References:

1. D F Kuratko and T V Rao “Entrepreneurship- A South-Asian Perspective

“Cengage Learning, 2012. (For PPT, Case Solutions Faculty may visit

: login.cengage.com) 2. Vasant Desai “Small Scale industries and entrepreneurship” Himalaya

publishing 2012.

3. Rajeev Roy “Entrepreneurship” 2e, Oxford, 2012.

4. B.Janakiram and M.Rizwana” Entrepreneurship Development :Text &

Cases, Excel Books,2011.

5. Stuart Read, Effectual Entrepreneurship, Routledge, 2013.

6. Robert Hisrich et al “Entrepreneurship” 6th

e, TMH, 2012.

7. Nandan H, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, PHI, 2013

8. Shejwalkar, Entrepreneurship Development, Everest, 2011

9. Khanka, Entrepreneurship Development, S.Chand, 2012

COURSE OUTCOMES:


1. Identify the Qualities, requirements, Risk & Ethical issues to become an

Entrepreneur.

2. Analyze and develop the conceptualization of corporate

Entrepreneurship.

3. Explore different possibilities to start an Enterprise for young

Entrepreneurs.

4. Outline challenging benchmarks for formulation of Entrepreneurship.

5. Evaluate the application of Strategic action for growing ventures.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30129) COMPUTER AIDED DESIGNING AND DRAFTING


0 0 0 1.5

Course Objectives:

Understand the concept and techniques to draw.

Create multiple designs using several of tools and Create layers to control the

objects’ visibility.

Explain drawing using annotations and Plot or print the drawing by scale.

To use constraint for certain design

CAD:

SOFTWARE:

1. STAAD PRO or Equivalent

EXCERCISIES:

1. 2-D Frame Analysis and Design

2. Steel Tabular Truss Analysis and Design

3. 3-D Frame Analysis and Design

4. Retaining Wall Analysis and Design

5. Simple tower Analysis and Design

6. One Way Slab Analysis & Design

7. Two Way Slab Analysis & Design

8. Column Analysis & Design

TEXT BOOK:

1. Computer Aided Design Lab Manual by Dr.M.N.Sesha Prakash And

Dr.C.S.Suresh

REFERENCES:

Text book of Engineering Drawing with auto-CAD, K.Venkata Reddy/B.S .

Publications.

Course Outcomes:

The course is designed to aid participants in acquiring skills that would help them

in detailed engineering drawings (2D) & basic 3D models and STAAD Pro


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30130) ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB


0 0 0 1.5

Course Objective

1. To learn the handling of different equipments related to water and wastewater

analysis

2. To learn about the preparations of stock and standard solutions, their handling,

storage, etc.

3. To understand the different experiments involved in water and wastewater

analysis.

4. To learn more about the titration techniques of chemical analysis

5. To develop skills related to report writing.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Determination of pH and Turbidity.

2. Determination of Conductivity and Total dissolved solids (Organic and

Inorganic)

3. Determination of Alkalinity/Acidity.

4. Determination of Chlorides.

5. Determination of iron.

6. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen.

7. Determination of Nitrates.

8. Determination of Optimum dose of coagulant.

9. Determination of Chlorine demand.

10. Determination of total Phosphorous.

11. Determination of B.O.D

12. Determination of C.O.D

13. Presumptive Coliform test.

References:

1. Environmental Engineering Lab Manual – Dr. B. Kottaiah & N.

Kumaraswamy (Charotar Publications)

2. Water supply Engineering – S. K Garg (Khanna Publications)

Course Outcomes:

1. Determine the method of calibration of pH of solution(water)

2. Determine the method of turbidity, Alkalinity/Acidity, Chlorides tests in

solution.

3. Determine total solids, organic solids and inorganic solids.

4. Determine iron, Dissolved Oxygen, Nitrogen, Phosphorous, B.O.D, C.O.D,


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Optimum coagulant dose, Chlorine


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30131) MAJOR PROJECT PHASE -I


0 0 6 3

Each student shall start the Project Work during the VII Semester as per the

instructions of the Project Guide/ Project Supervisor assigned by the Head

of the Department.

a) The Project Work shall be divided and carried out in 2 phases : Phase

– I (Project-I) during VII Semester, and Phase – II (Project-II) during VIII

Semester, and the student has to prepare two independent Project Work

Reports – one each during each phase. First Report shall include the Project

Work carried out under Phase – I, and the Second Report (Final Report)

shall include the Project Work carried out under Phase – I and Phase – II

put together. Phase – I and Phase – II of the Project Work shall be

evaluated for 100 marks each.

b) Out of the total 100 marks allotted for each Phase of the Project Work, 40

marks shall be for the Continuous Internal Evaluation(CIE), and 60 marks shall

be for the End Semester Viva-voce Examination (SEE). The marks earned

under CIE for both Phases of the Project shall be awarded by the Project

Guide/Supervisor (based on the continuous evaluation of student’s

performance during the two Project Work Phases/periods); and the marks

earned under SEE shall be awarded by the Project Viva-voce Committee/

Board (based on the work carried out, report prepared and the presentation

made by the student at the time of Viva-voce Examination).

c) For the Project Phase - I, the Viva-voce shall be conducted at the end of

the VII Semester, before the commencement of the semester End

Examinations, at the Department Level by a Committee comprising of the

HoD or One Professor and Supervisor (no external examiner), and the

Project Phase – II Viva-voce (or Final Project Viva-voce) shall be

conducted by a Committee comprising of an External Examiner, the Head of

the Department and the Project Supervisor at the end of the VIII

Semester, before the commencement of the semester End Examinations.

The External Examiner shall be nominated by the CoE from the panel of

3 names of external faculty members (Professors or Associate Professors

outside the College) submitted by the HoD.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

d) If a student does not appear for any of the two Viva-Voce

examinations at the scheduled times as specified above, he may be

permitted to reappear for Project Phase-I and/or Project Phase-II Viva-voce

examinations, as and when they are scheduled in that semester; if he fails

in such ‘one reappearance’ evaluation also, he has to reappear for the

same in the next subsequent semester(s), as and when they are scheduled, as

supplementary candidate. For the registration of Project Phase-II the student

must have passed Project Phase-I.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30132) MINI PROJECT-II


0 0 0 0

Mini-Project-II to be taken up in the college or industry during the summer

vacation after VI Semester examination. The Mini-Project-II shall be evaluated

during the VII Semester. The Mini-Project-II shall be submitted in a report form

and should be presented before a committee, which shall be evaluated for

Satisfactory or Non-satisfactory. The committee consists of Head of the

Department, the supervisor of mini project, a senior faculty member of the

department


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30133) INTERNSHIP-II


0 0 0 0

Internship-II, to be taken up in the college or industry during the summer vacation

after VI Semester examination. The Internship-II shall be evaluated during the

VII Semester. The Internship-II shall be submitted in a report form and should be

presented before a committee, which shall be evaluated for Satisfactory or Non-

satisfactory. The committee consists of Head of the Department, the supervisor of

mini project, a senior faculty member of the department


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30155) GROUND WATER DEVELOPMENT

(Professional Elective-VI)

B.Tech (CE) VIII Semester L T P C

3 0 0 3

UNIT-I

Ground Water occurrence, Ground water hydrologic cycle, origin of ground water,

rock properties effecting ground water, vertical distribution of ground water, zone

of aeration and zone of saturation, geologic formation as aquifers ,porosity ,

Specific yield and Specific retention.

UNIT-II

Ground Water Movement: Permeability, Darcy’s law, storage coefficient,

Transmissivity, differential equation governing ground water flow in three

dimensions derivation, ground water flow contours their applications.

UNIT-III

Steady ground water flow towards a well in confined and unconfined aquifers-

Dupuit’s and Theim’s equations, Assumptions, Formation constants, yield of an

open well, Well interface and well tests- Recuperation Test.

Unsteady flow towards a well- Non equilibrium equations - Theis solution-Jocob

and Chow’s simplifications, Leaky aquifers- Well interference.

UNIT- IV

Surface and Subsurface Investigation: Surface methods of exploration- Electrical

resistively and Seismic refraction methods. Subsurface methods- Geophysical

logging and resistively logging. Aerial Photo grammetry applications along with

case studies in Subsurface Investigation.

Artificial recharge of Ground Water: Concept of artificial recharge - recharge

methods, relative metrics, Applications of GIS and Remote Sensing in Artificial

Recharge of Ground water along with Case studies.

UNIT - V

Well Construction - Drilling Equipment used for Well Equipment used for well

construction - Bore log - Interpretation of Log Data.

Saline Water Intrusion in aquifer: Occurrence of saline water intrusions, Ghyben -

Herzberg relation, Shape of interface, control of seawater intrusion. Ground water

Basin Management: Concepts of conjunction use, Case studies.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Ground water Hydrology by David Keith Todd, Jhon Wiley & Son, New

York.

2. Groundwater by H.M.Raghunath, Weley Eastern Ltd.

REFERENCES:

1. Groundwater Hydrology by BOWER, John Wiley & Sons.

2. Groundwater System Planning & Management - R.Willes &

W.W.G.Yeh, Printice Hall.

Applied Hydrology by C.W.Fetta, CBS Publishers & Distributers.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30156) GEO-ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

(PE – VI)


3 0 0 3

UNIT-I

Sources and Site Characterization: Scope of Geo-environmental Engineering,

Various Sources of Contaminations, Need for contaminated site characterization;

and Characterization methods.

UNIT-II

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management: Classification of waste,

Characterization solid wastes, Environmental Concerns with waste, waste

management strategies.

UNIT-III

Contaminant Transport: Transport process, Mass-transfer process, Modeling,

NAPL

UNIT-IV

Remediation Techniques: Objectives of site remediation, various active and

passive methods, Bioremediation, Phytoremediation, Remediation of NAPL sites.

UNIT-V

Landfills: Types of landfills, Site Selection, Waste Containment Liners, Leachate

collection system, Cover system, Gas collection system.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Phillip B. Bedient, Refai, H. S. & Newell C. J. - Ground Water Contamination -

Prentice Hall Publications, 4th Edition, 2008.

2. Sharma, H. D. and Reddy, K. R. - Geoenvironmental Engineering, John Wiley

& Sons (2004).


B. Tech (CE) R-18

REFERENCES:

1. Rowe, R. K. - Geotechnical & Geoenvironmental Engineering Handbook,

Kluwer Academic, 2001.

2. Reddi, L. N. and Inyang, H. I. - Geoenvironmental Engineering Principles and

Applications, Marcel. Dekker, Inc., New York (2000).

3. LaGrega, M. D., Buckingham, P. L. and Evans, J. C. - Hazardous Waste

Management, New York: McGraw-Hill, 2001.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30157) GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES

(PE – VI)


3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

1. Learning of various ground improvement techniques and surface and sub-

surface compaction techniques.

2. Learning of preloading and dewatering techniques.

3. Stabilization of soil by physical and chemical admixtures.

4. Learning of geosynthetics functions and design of reinforced soil

structures.

Unit-I

Introduction to Ground Improvement Modification: Need and objectives,

Identification of soil types, In situ and laboratory tests to characterize problematic

soils, Mechanical, Hydraulic, Physico-chemical, Electrical, Thermal methods and

their applications.

Unit-II

Mechanical Modification: Deep compaction Techniques- Blasting

Vibrocompaction, Dynamic Tamping and compaction piles

Unit-III

Hydraulic Modification- Objectives and techniques, traditional dewatering

methods and their choice, Design of dewatering system, Electro-osmosis, Electro-

Kinetic dewatering, Filtration, Drainage and seepage control with Geo synthetics,

preloading and vertical drains

Unit-IV

Physical and Chemical Modification- Modification by admixtures, Shotcreating

and Guinting Technology, Modification at depth by grouting, Crack Grouting and

compaction grouting ,Jet grouting, Thermal modification, Ground freezing.

Unit-V

Modification by inclusions and confinement: Soil reinforcement, reinforcement

wit strip, and grid reinforced soil. In-situ ground reinforcement ground anchors,

rock bolting and soil nailing.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Textbooks:

1. Hausmann. M.R. (1990) – Engineering Principles of Ground Modifications,

McGraw Hill publications.

References:

1. Koerner. R.M (1994)- Designing with Geosynthesis –Prentice Hall New

Jersey

2. Jones C.J.F.P (1985)- Earth Reinforcement and Soil structures –

Butterworths, London

3. Xianthakos, Abreimson and Bruce- Ground control and Improvement

4. Mosley- Ground Improvement

Course Outcomes: 1. Explain principles, applications, and design procedures for various ground

improvement techniques and piling methods.

2. To assess the effectiveness of a ground improvement technique, and the

performance of piled foundations and structures using analytical/theoretical/

numerical calculations.

3. Evaluate alternative solutions and the effectiveness before, during and after

using ground improvement techniques

4. Apply techniques in ground improvement.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30164) BASICS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

(Open Elective-III: Offered by CE Department)

UNIT – I

General introduction to Civil Engineering - Introduction to types of buildings,

Components of a residential building, Introduction to industrial buildings;

Introduction to planning of residential buildings - Simple building plans;

UNIT – II

Introduction to the various building area terms; Setting out of a building;

Surveying – Principles, Objectives, Horizontal measurements with tapes, Ranging;

UNIT – III

Levelling – Instruments, Reduction of levels; Modern surveying instruments;

Building materials – Bricks, cement blocks, Cement, Cement mortar, Steel;

UNIT – IV

Building construction – Foundations, Brick masonry, Roofs, Floors, Decorative

finishes, Plastering, Paints and Painting;

UNIT – V

Basic infrastructure and services – Elevators, Escalators, Ramps, Air conditioning,

Sound proofing, Towers, Chimneys, Water Tanks; Intelligent buildings.

Course Outcomes

1. The students will be able to illustrate the fundamental aspects of Civil

Engineering.

2. The students will be able to plan and set out a building.

3. Students will be able to explain the concepts of surveying for making

horizontal and vertical measurements.

4. They will able to illustrate the uses of various building materials and explain

the method of construction of different components of a building.

5. Students will be able to discuss about various services in a building.

References Books:

B. Tech. ( CE ) VIII -

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Chudley, R., Construction Technology, Vol. I to IV, Longman Group,

England

2. Chudley, R. and Greeno, R., Building Construction Handbook, Addison

Wesley, Longman Group, England

3. Gopi, S., Basic Civil Engineering, Pearson Publishers

4. Kandya, A. A., Elements of Civil Engineering, Charotar Publishing house

5. Mamlouk, M. S., and Zaniewski, J. P., Materials for Civil and

Construction Engineering, Pearson Publishers.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30165) SUSTAINABILITY CONCEPTS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING

(Open Elective-III: Offered by CE Department)

UNIT – I

Introduction: Sustainability - Introduction, Need and concept of sustainability,

Social-environmental and economic sustainability concepts. Sustainable

development, Nexus between Technology and Sustainable development,

Challenges for Sustainable Development. Multilateral environmental agreements

and Protocols - Clean Development Mechanism (CDM), Environmental

legislations in India - Water Act, Air Act.

UNIT – II

Global Environmental Issue: Resource degradation, Climate change, Regional

and Local Environmental Issues. Carbon credits and carbon trading, carbon foot

print Carbon sequestration – Carbon capture and storage (CCS). Environmental

management standards, ISO 14000 series, Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) - Scope and

Goal, Bio-mimicking.

UNIT – III

Sustainable Design: Basic concepts of sustainable habitat, Green buildings, green

materials for building construction, material selection for sustainable design, green

building certification- GRIHA & IGBC Certification for buildings, Energy

efficient building design- Passive solar design technique, Thermal storage,

Cooling strategies, high performance insulation. Sustainable cities, Sustainable

transport.

UNIT – IV

Clean Technology and Energy: Energy sources: Basic concepts-Conventional

and non-conventional, solar energy, Fuel cells, Wind energy, Small hydro plants,

bio-fuels, Energy derived from oceans, Geothermal energy. Rainwater harvesting.

UNIT – V

Green Engineering: Green Engineering concepts, Sustainable Urbanization,

industrialization and poverty reduction; Social and technological change,

Industrial Processes: Material selection, Pollution Prevention, Industrial Ecology,

Industrial symbiosis.


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Course Outcomes: After studying this course, students will be able to:

1. Learn the sustainability concepts; understand the role and responsibility of

engineers in sustainable development.

2. Quantify sustainability, and resource availability, Rationalize the sustainability

based on scientific merits.

3. Understand and apply sustainability concepts in construction practices, designs,

product developments and processes across various engineering disciplines.

4. Make a decision in applying green engineering concepts and become a lifelong

advocate of sustainability in society.

Textbooks:

1. Allen, D.T. and S honnard, D. R., Sustainability Engineering: Concepts, Design

and Case Studies, Prentice Hall.

2. Bradley. A.S; Adebayo, A. O., Maria, P. Engineering applications in sustainable

design and development, Cengage learning.

Reference Books:

1. Mackenthun, K. M.,Basic Concepts in Environmental Management, Lewis

Publication.

2. ECBC Code 2007, Bureau of Energy Efficiency, New Delhi Bureau of Energy

Efficiency PublicationsRating System, TERI Publications - GRIHA Rating

System.

3. Ni bin Chang, Systems Analysis for Sustainable Engineering: Theory and

Applications, McGraw-Hill Professional.

4. Twidell, J. W. and Weir, A. D., Renewable Energy Resources, English

Language Book Society (ELBS).

5. Malcolm Dowden, Climate Change and Sustainable Development: Law, Policy

and Practice.

6. Daniel A. Vallero and Chris Brasier, “Sustainable Design: The Science of

Sustainability and Green Engineering”, Wiley-Blackwell.

7. Sustainable Engineering Practice: An Introduction, Committee on

Sustainability, American Society of Civil Engineers.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30253) FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY

(Open Elective-III: offered by EEE Department)

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO FUEL CELLS

Introduction – working and types of fuel cell – low, medium and high temperature

fuel cell, liquid and methanol types, proton exchange membrane fuel cell solid

oxide, hydrogen fuel cells – thermodynamics and electrochemical kinetics of fuel

cells

UNIT II: FUEL CELLS FOR AUTOMOTIVE APPLICATIONS

Fuel cells for automotive applications – technology advances in fuel cell vehicle

systems – onboard hydrogen storage – liquid hydrogen and compressed hydrogen

– metal hydrides, fuel cell control system – alkaline fuel cell – road map to market.

UNIT III: FUEL CELL COMPONENTS AND THEIR IMPACT ON

PERFORMANCE

Fuel cell performance characteristics – current/voltage, voltage efficiency and

power density, ohmic resistance, kinetic performance, mass transfer effects –

membrane electrode assembly components, fuel cell stack, bi-polar plate,

humidifiers and cooling plates.

UNIT IV: HYDROGEN STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Hydrogen storage technology – pressure cylinders, liquid hydrogen, metal

hydrides, carbon fibers – reformer technology – steam reforming, partial

oxidation, auto thermal reforming – CO removal, fuel cell technology based on

removal like bio-mass.

UNIT V: FUEL CYCLE ANALYSIS

Fuel Cycle Analysis – application to fuel cell and other competing technologies

like battery powered vehicles, SI engine fueled by natural gas and hydrogen and

hybrid electric vehicle.

Reference:

1. Fuel Cells for automotive applications – professional engineering publishing

UK. ISBN 1- 86058 4233, 2004.


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

2. Fuel Cell Technology Handbook SAE International GregorHoogers CRC Press

ISBN 0-8493-0877-1-2003.

Course Outcome:


1. Demonstrate the working of various types of fuel cells.

2. Make use of the fuel cell for automotive applications.

3. Compare the fuel cell performance characteristics.

4. Explain the concept of hydrogen storage systems

5. Analyze the fuel cycle.

(A30255) ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN ELECTRICAL UTILITIES


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(Open Elective-III: offered by EEE Department)

UNIT I: ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS & ELECTRIC MOTORS

Introduction of Electrical systems, Tariff and economic considerations; T & D

losses, Electrical load management; Maximum demand management, Role of

Power factor and its improvement- Electric Power systems analysis -Energy

Efficient Technologies in Electrical Systems - Motor Types, Characteristics,

Efficiency - Energy Efficient Motors - Factors affecting Energy efficiency of a

motor - Soft starters, Variable speed drives

UNIT II: COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS &HVAC

Introduction, Compressor types and performance; Compressed air systems compo

nents;

Efficient operation of compressed air systems, Systems capacity assessment -

Energy conservation opportunities

UNIT III: REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS.

Introduction: Types of Refrigeration systems; Common Refrigerant and Properties

-compressor types and applications -

Performance assessment of Refrigeration plants -

Energy conservation opportunities

UNIT IV: FANS, PUMPING SYSTEMS AND COOLING TOWERS Types, Performance evaluation, efficient system operation, Capacity selections -

Performance assessment of fans and blowers - Energy conservation opportunities

Types, Performance evaluation, efficient system operation - Energy conservation

opportunities in pumping systems - Introduction to cooling towers; cooling tower

performance, efficient system operation- Energy conservation opportunities in

cooling towers.

UNIT V: LIGHTING SYSTEMS

Basic terms of lighting systems; Lamp and Luminaries types, recommended

illumination level-Methodology of lighting systems energy efficiency study - Cast

study, Energy conservation opportunities

Text Books


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Capehart, Turner, Kennedy. Guide to Energy Management. Fifth Ed. The

Fairmount Press, 2006.

2. Thumann, Younger. Handbook of Energy Audit. Sixth Ed. The

Fairmount Press, 2003.

3. Thumann, Mehta. Handbook of Energy Engineering. Fifth Ed. The Fairm

ount Press, 2001

References Books (DRE 201, 202 and 203)

1. General Aspect of Energy Management and Energy

Audit, 2010, BEE Guide book

2. Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities, 2010, BEE guide book

3. Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities, 2010, BEE guide book

4. Turner WC. Energy Management

Handbook, 5th Edition, The Fairmont Press, 2005

Course Outcome:


1. Explain the energy efficient technologies meant for electrical systems

2. Choose the appropriate energy efficient method for lighting, fanning,

pumping, cooling, compressed air and refrigeration systems.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30378) WASTE TO ENERGY

(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)

Unit-I:

Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel – Agro

based, Forest residue, Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices –

Incinerators, gasifiers, digestors

Unit-II:

Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis – Types, slow fast – Manufacture of charcoal –

Methods – Yields and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases,

yields and applications.

Unit-III:

Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft

gasifiers –Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier

burner arrangement for thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and

electrical power – Equilibrium and kinetic consideration in gasifier operation.

Unit-IV:

Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves – Improved chullahs, types, some exotic

designs, Fixed bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed

combustors, Design, construction and operation - Operation of all the above

biomass combustors.

Unit-V:

Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant

technology and status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features -

Biomass resources and their classification - Biomass conversion processes -

Thermo chemical conversion - Direct combustion - biomass gasification -

pyrolysis and liquefaction - biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion – Types

of biogas Plants – Applications - Alcohol production from biomass - Bio diesel

production - Urban waste to energy conversion - Biomass energy programme in

India.

Text Books:

1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.

2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi,

S. S., Vol. I & II, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.

Reference Books:

B. Tech. (ME) VII -

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co.

Pvt. Ltd., 1991.

2. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B.

Hagan, John Wiley & Sons,1996.

Course outcomes:


1. Understand different Conversion Devices.

2. Explain Biomass Pyrolysis.

3. Understand the working Principle of biomass gasification

4. Explain Biomass Combustion.

5. Know the application of Bio Gas.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30382) FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(OPEN ELECTIVE-III)

UNIT - I

Introduction: Prime movers and its types, Concept of Force, Pressure, Energy,

Work, Power, System, Heat, Temperature, Specific heat capacity, Change of

state, Path, Process, Cycle, Internal energy, Enthalpy, Statements of Zeroth Law

and First law.

Energy: Introduction and applications of Energy sources like Fossil fuels,

Nuclear fuels, Hydel, Solar, wind, and bio-fuels, Environmental issues like

Global warming and Ozone depletion.

UNIT - II

Properties of gases: Gas laws, Boyle's law, Charle's law, Combined gas law, Gas

constant, Relation between Cp and Cv, Various non-flow processes like constant

volume process, constant pressure process, Isothermal process, Adiabatic process,

Poly-tropic process

Properties of Steam: Steam formation, Types of Steam, Enthalpy, Specific

volume, Internal energy and dryness fraction of steam, use of Steam tables, steam

calorimeters.

Steam Boilers: Introduction, Classification, Cochran, Lancashire and Babcock

and Wilcox boiler, functioning of different mountings and accessories.

UNIT - III

Heat Engines: Heat Engine cycle and Heat Engine, working substances,

Classification of heat engines, Description and thermal efficiency of Carnot;

Rankine; Otto cycle and Diesel cycles.

Internal Combustion Engines: Introduction, Classification, Engine details, four-

stroke/ two-stroke cycle Petrol/Diesel engines, Indicated power, Brake Power,

Efficiencies.

UNIT - IV

Pumps: Types and operation of Reciprocating, Rotary and Centrifugal pumps,

Priming Air Compressors: Types and operation of Reciprocating and Rotary air

compressors, significance of Multistage.

Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Refrigerant, Vapor compression

refrigeration system, vapor absorption refrigeration system, Domestic

Refrigerator, Window and split air conditioners.

UNIT - V

B. Tech. (ME) VII -

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Couplings, Clutches and Brakes: Construction and applications of Couplings

(Box; Flange; Pin type flexible; Universal and Oldham), Clutches (Disc and

Centrifugal), and Brakes (Block; Shoe; Band and Disc).

Transmission of Motion and Power: Shaft and axle, Belt drive, Chain drive,

Friction drive, Gear drive.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Basic Mechanical Engineering / Pravin Kumar/ Pearson 2. Introduction to

Engineering Materials / B.K. Agrawal/ Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering/ G.S. Sawhney/PHI

2. Thermal Science and Engineering / Dr. D.S. Kumar/ Kataria

Course outcomes:


1. Understand different types of fuels.

2. Explain properties of steam

3. Understand the working Principle of IC Engines.

4. Explain the operations of types of pumps.

5. Know the application of mechanical drives in Transmission of Power.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30475) DATA COMMUNICATIONS

(Open Elective-III: offered by ECE Department)

Unit I: Introduction to data communications, networking, signals, noise,

modulation and demodulation. Data communication network architecture, layered

network architecture, open systems interconnection, data communications circuits,

serial and parallel data transmission, data communications circuit arrangements,

data communication networks, alternate protocol suites. Information capacity, bits,

bit rate, baud, and M-ARY encoding.

Unit II: Metallic cable transmission media & optical fiber transmission media:

metallic transmission lines, transverse electromagnetic waves, characteristics of

electromagnetic waves, transmission line classifications, metallic transmission line

types, metallic transmission line equivalent circuit, wave propagation on metallic

transmission lines, metallic transmission line losses, block diagram of an optical

fiber communications system, optical fiber versus metallic cable facilities.

Unit III: Digital transmission & multiplexing and t-carriers digital transmission:

pulse modulation, pulse code modulation, dynamic range, signal–to-quantization

noise voltage Ratio, linear versus nonlinear PCM codes

Multiplexing: Time- division multiplexing, t1 digital carrier system, north

American digital multiplexing hierarchy, digital line encoding, t carrier systems,

European digital carrier system, statistical time – division multiplexing, frame

synchronization, frequency- division multiplexing, wavelength- division

multiplexing, synchronous optical network

Unit IV: Telephone instruments and signals: The subscriber loop, standard

telephone set, basic telephone call procedures, call progress tones and signals,

cordless telephones, caller id, electronic telephones, paging systems.

The telephone circuit: The local subscriber loop, telephone message- channel noise

and noise weighting, units of powers measurement, transmission parameters and

private-line circuits, voice-frequency circuit arrangements, crosstalk.

Unit V: Data communication codes, bar codes, error control, error detection, error

correction, data formats, data communications hardware, character

synchronization.

Text Books:


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Introduction to Data Communications and Networking, Wayne Tomasi, Pearson

Education.

Reference Books:

1. Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A Forouzan, Fourth

Edition.Tmh.

2. Computer Communications and Networking Technologies, Gallow,

Secondedition Thomson

3. Computer Networking and Internet, Fred Halsll, Lingana Gouda Kulkarni,

Fifth Edition, Pearson Education

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Attain the knowledge on basic concepts of data communication systems.

2. Explain the elements of data communications systems, different types of

transmission medias and different digital modulation techniques

3. Attain the knowledge on different telephone instruments, signal and

circuits

4. Describe different error detecting and correcting codes.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30476) MICROCONTROLLERS & APPLICATIONS

(Open Elective-III: offered by ECE Department)

UNIT-I

Introduction to Microprocessors and Microcontrollers: Introduction to

Microprocessor and Micro Controller, Number system and Binary arithmetic.

Microprocessor Architecture (8085 and 8086) and Microcomputer System,

memory map and addressing, memory classification, review of logic device for

Interfacing, Memory Interfacing, Overview of 8086 Instruction Set, stacks and

Interrupts.

UNIT-II

The 8051 Architecture: 8051 Microcontroller hardware, Program Counter and

Data Pointer, A and B CPU registers, Flags and Program Status Word

(PSW),Internal Memory : Internal RAM – Stack and Stack Pointer, Special

Function Registers, Internal ROM, Input / Output Pins, ports and Circuits,

External Memory, Timers and Counters, Serial data Input/ Output, interrupts.

UNIT-III

8051 Instruction set: Assembly Language Programming Process, Addressing

Modes, Assembler Directives, Data Transfer, Arithmetic, Logical and Branch

Instructions, Decimal Arithmetic, Interrupt Programming, Serial Data

Communication.

8051 Programming: Basic Assembly Language Programming, Input/ Output

Port Programming, 8051 Timer / Counter Programming, 8051 Serial

Communication Programming, 8051 Interrupt Programming.

UNIT-IV

8051 Applications: Introduction, Interfacing Keyboards, Key pads, Interfacing

Displays ( Seven Segment Displays and LCD’s), Interfacing A/D Convertors,

Interfacing D/A Convertors, Interfacing Hardware Circuits for Multiple Interrupts,

8051 Interfacing with 8255, Interfacing Eternal Memory with 8051.

UNIT-V


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Introduction to Advanced Architectures: ARM and SHARC, Processor and

memory organization and Instruction level parallelism; Networked embedded

System: Bus protocols, I2 bus and Can bus; Internet-Enabled Systems, Design

Example-elevator Controller.

Text Books:

1. K.J. Ayala “The 8051 Micro controller, Architecture, Programming 8-

Applications “Thomson Delmar Learning

2. RS Gaonkar, “Microprocessors Architecture, Programming and

Applications “Penram International.

3. M. A. Mazidi& J.G Mazidi." The 8051 Micro controller 8- Embedded

System “Pearson Education.

Reference Books: 1. B. Ram “Fundamentals of Microprocessors and Microcomputers

“DhanpatRai and Sons.

2. ‘Computers as Components- Principles of Embedded Computing System

Design’, Wayne Wolf, Elsevier (2nd

Edition)

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to

1. Describe the architecture of 8085 and 8086 microprocessors and 8051

microcontroller.

2. Describe various addressing modes, assembler directives and assembly

level instructions of 8051 micro controller.

3. Write assembly language programs for interfacing various I/O devices

and memories with 8051 micro controller.

4. Describe architectures of various advanced processors.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30530) ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

(Open Elective-III: offered by CSE Department)

UNIT -I

Problem Solving by Search-I:

Introduction to AI, Intelligent Agents

Problem Solving by Search –II:

Problem-Solving Agents, Searching for Solutions, Uninformed Search Strategies:

Breadth-first search, Uniform cost search, Depth-first search, Iterative deepening

Depth-first search, Bidirectional search, Informed (Heuristic) Search Strategies:

Greedy best-first search, A* search, Heuristic Functions, Beyond Classical Search:

Hill-climbing search, Simulated annealing search, Local Search in Continuous

Spaces, Searching with Non-Deterministic Actions, Searching with Partial

Observations, Online Search Agents and Unknown Environment .

UNIT –II

Problem Solving by Search-II and Propositional Logic

Adversarial Search:

Games, Optimal Decisions in Games, Alpha–Beta Pruning, Imperfect Real-Time

Decisions.

Constraint Satisfaction Problems:

Defining Constraint Satisfaction Problems, Constraint Propagation, Backtracking

Search for CSPs, Local Search for CSPs, The Structure of Problems.

Propositional Logic:

Knowledge-Based Agents, The Wumpus World, Logic, Propositional Logic,

Propositional Theorem Proving: Inference and proofs, Proof by resolution, Horn

clauses and definite clauses, Forward and backward chaining, Effective

Propositional Model Checking, Agents Based on Propositional Logic

UNIT –III

Logic and Knowledge Representation

First-Order Logic:

Representation, Syntax and Semantics of First-Order Logic, Using First-Order

Logic, Knowledge Engineering in First-Order Logic.

Inference in First-Order Logic:

Propositional vs. First-Order Inference, Unification and Lifting, Forward


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Chaining, Backward Chaining, Resolution.

Knowledge Representation:

Ontological Engineering, Categories and Objects, Events. Mental Events and

Mental Objects, Reasoning Systems for Categories, Reasoning with Default

Information.

UNIT –IVPlanning Classical Planning:

Definition of Classical Planning, Algorithms for Planning with State-Space

Search, Planning Graphs, other Classical Planning Approaches, Analysis of

Planning approaches.

Planning and Acting in the Real World:

Time, Schedules, and Resources, Hierarchical Planning, Planning and Acting in

Nondeterministic Domains, Multi agent Planning.

UNIT –V

Uncertain knowledge and Learning

Uncertainty:

Acting under Uncertainty, Basic Probability Notation, Inference Using Full Joint

Distributions, Independence, Bayes’ Rule and Its Use

Probabilistic Reasoning:

Representing Knowledge in an Uncertain Domain, The Semantics of Bayesian

Networks, Efficient

Representation of Conditional Distributions, Approximate Inference in Bayesian

Networks, Relational and

First-Order Probability, Other Approaches to Uncertain Reasoning; Dempster-

Shafer theory.

Learning:

Forms of Learning, Supervised Learning, Learning Decision Trees. Knowledge in

Learning: Logical Formulation of Learning, Knowledge in Learning, Explanation-

Based Learning, Learning Using Relevance Information, Inductive Logic

Programming

Text Books:

1. Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach, Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, 3rd

Edition, Pearson Education

Reference Books:

1. Artificial Intelligence, E.Rich and K.Knight, , 3rd Edition, TMH

2. Artificial Intelligence, Patrick Henny Winston, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

3. Artificial Intelligence, Shivani Goel, Pearson Education.

4. Artificial Intelligence and Expert systems – Patterson, Pearson Education.

Course Outcomes


1.Formulate an efficient problem space for a problem expressed in natural

language.

2.Select a search algorithm for a problem and estimate its time and space

complexities.

3. Represent knowledge using the appropriate technique for a given problem.

4. Apply AI techniques to solve problems of game playing, and machine learning.

5. Explain various forms of learning techniques.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30539) ETHICAL HACKING

(Open Elective-III: offered by CSE Department)

UNIT-I

Introduction to Ethical Hacking, Fundamentals of Computer Networking, TCP/IP

protocol stack, IP addressing and routing, TCP and UDP, IP Subnets, Routing

protocols, IP Version 6. IP Spoofing port scanning, DNS Spoofing. Dos attacks –

SYN attacks, Smurf attacks, UDP flooding, DDOS – Models. Firewalls – Packet

filter firewalls, Packet Inspection firewalls – Application Proxy Firewalls. Batch

file Programming.

UNIT–II

Hacking windows, Network hacking, Web hacking- Password hacking. A study on

various attacks – Input validation attacks, Buffer overflow attacks, Privacy attacks,

Vulnerability assessment: OpenVAS, Nessus, etc. Social Engineering attacks,

Malware threats, penetration testing by creating backdoors.

UNIT–III

Introduction to cryptography, private-key encryption, public-key encryption,

cryptographic hash functions, digital signature and certificate, applications.

Fundamentals of Computer Fraud – Threat concepts – Framework for predicting

inside attacks – Managing the threat – Strategic Planning Process

UNIT-IV

Steganography, biometric authentication, network-based attacks, DNS and Email

security, Sniffing: Wireshark, ARP Poisoning, DNS Poisoning, Hacking Wireless

networks, Denial of Service attacks, Architecture strategies for computer fraud

prevention – Protection of Web sites – Intrusion detection system – NIDS, HIDS –

Penetrating testing process.

UNIT–V

Elements of Hardware security: Side-Channel attacks, Physical inclinable

functions, hardware Trojans, Hacking web applications: vulnerability assessment,

SQL Injection, Cross-Site Scripting Penetration Testing Steps, Pen - Test Legal

Framework, Automated Penetration Testing Tools, Pen -Test

Deliverables

Text Books:


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1.Kenneth C.Brancik ―Insider Computer Fraud‖ Auerbach Publications Taylor &

Francis Group–2008.

2.Ankit Fadia ―Ethical Hacking‖ second edition Macmillan India Ltd, 2006

3.Data and Computer Communications -- W. Stallings.

Reference Books:

1.Hacking Exposed Web 2.0, by Rich Annings, Himanshu Dwivedi, Zane Lackey,

Tata Mc Graw hill Edition

2.Ethical Hacking & Network Defense, Michael T. Simpson edition

3.Hacking Exposed Windows, Joel Scambray, cissp, Stuart Mcclure, Cissp, Third

Edition, Tata McGraw hill edition

4.Hacking Exposed Window server 2003, Joel Scambray Stuart Mcclure, Tata Mc

Graw hill Edition

Course Outcomes


1.Describe various types DoS attacks.

2.Explain Network, Web, Password Hacking

3.Describe cryptography techniques.

4.Explain Email-security, Sniffing, SQL injection

5.Perform Penetration Test.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(C30165) BASICS OF INSURANCE & TAXATION

(Open Elective-III: offered by MBA Department)

Unit I: Introduction to Life Insurance and General Insurance : Introduction to

Life Insurance - Principles of Life Insurance - Life insurance products, pensions

and annuities , Introduction to General Insurance. Principles of General Insurance.

Types of General Insurance - Personal general insurance products (Fire, Personal

Liability, Motors, Miscellaneous Insurance). Terminology, clauses and covers.

Unit II: Claim Management & Re-Insurance : Claim Management - Claim

Settlement - Legal Framework - Third party Administration, Insurance

ombudsman - Consumer Protection Act - Re-Insurance in Life Insurance -

Retention Limits - Methods of Re-insurance.

Unit III: General Perspectives and Income Tax rate Structure: Historical

background of Taxation Laws in India, Fundamental Principles of Income Tax and

concepts, Government Financial Policies regarding Taxation. Tax structure and its

Role in Indian Economy, Residential Status, Non Resident persons & Non

Ordinary Resident, Previous year and Assessment year Tax: Fees and cess, Capital

Expenditure and Capital Income. Revenue Expenditure and Revenue Income, Tax

Evasion and Tax Avoidance, Direct and Indirect Taxes.

Unit IV:

Heads and Sources of Income and Exemptions & Deductions under the

Income Tax: Salary and Fringe Benefit Tax, Income from House Property,

Income from Business; Profession or Vocation, Capital Gains, Income from other

sources. (Theory only), Exemptions & Deductions under the Income Tax Act,

Income exempt u/s 10 of the I.T. Act, Permissible deductions under Chapter VI of

I.T. Act, Relief, Double Taxation Relief.

Unit V:

Assessment Procedures: PAN AND TAN, Filing of return and e-filling, Advance

payment of Tax, Tax deduction at source, Tax Collection at Source, Refund of

Tax, and Types of Assessment. Computation of Income in Individuals


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Reference:

1. Mishra M.N: Insurance Principles and Practice; S.Chand and Co. New Delhi.

2. Principles of Life Insurance: Dr. Shrikrishan Laxman Karve, Himalaya

3. Insurance: Theory & Practice: Tripathy & Pal, PHI

4. Taxation: H.Prem raja - Sri Hamsrala publications

5. Direct Taxes & Practice : Dr. V K Singhania, Taxman Publications.

6. Gour and Narang - Income Tax Law and Practice, Kalyani Publication

7. Practicals in Taxation: H.Prem raja - Sri Hamsrala publications.

8. Income Tax: B.B. Lal, Pearson Education

9. Taxation: R.G. Saha, Himalaya Publishing House Pvt. Ltd

10. Income Tax: Johar, McGraw Hill Education

11. Taxation Law and Practice: Balachandran & Thothadri, PHI Learning

COURSE OUTCOMES:


1. Explain the basic legal concepts and general principles of Insurance & Tax .

2. Implement claim management and settlement.

3. Prepare tax assessments, computation of individual Incomes

4. Analyse tax exemptions and deductions of income tax.

5. Explain the procedure for filing e-filing Tax, ITDS, PAN & TAN.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(C30166) BUSINESS ETHICS & CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

(Open Elective-III offered by MBA)

(Students must read text book & References. Faculty are free to choose any

other cases)

Course Aim: The aim of this subject is to inculcate the need for business ethics to

ensure sustained business stability.

Learning outcome: The learning outcome developing business ethics and

professional ethics. They will also be able to understand ethical and psychological

dimensions to contain cybercrimes and also will be able grasp the important issues

related to corporate governance.

Unit I

Business Ethics The Changing Environment: Business Ethics-why does it

matter?; Levels of Business Ethics-Five Myths about Business Ethics- Can

Business Ethics be Taught and Trained?; stages of Moral development, Kohlberg’s

study- Carol Gilligan’s Theory-Principles of Ethics.

Unit II

Professional Ethics. Introduction to Professional Ethics- Ethics in Production

and Product Management-Ethics of Marketing Professionals-Ethics in HRM-

Ethics of Finance and Accounting Professionals-Ethics of Advertisement-Ethics of

Media Reporting-Ethics of Healthcare Services. Ethical Dilemma. Introduction,

Dilemma and Ethical Dilemma-Mounting Scandals-Ethical Issues-Preparatory

Ethics: Proactive steps-The software challenge.

Unit III

Cyber crimes and cyber Terrorism-social,Political, ethical and psycological ,

dimensitional , Intellectual properrty in the cyberspace,Ethical dimenstions of

cyber crimes-the psycology, mindset & Skills of Hackers & Other cyber criminals,

Sociology of cyber criminals, inforamtion Warfare.

Unit IV

Corporate Governance I: Does Good Governance Really matters to

Corporations?-Importance of corporate Governance –Corporate Governance in


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

India-Board Structures Processes and Evaluation-Director Independence –Board

committees, Indian model of Corporate Governance.

Unit V

Corporate Governance-II: Information communication and Disclosure-Irani

Committee Report-OECD Principles of Corporate Governance –Risk, Internal

Control and Assurance-Banks and Corporate Governance.

References:

1. SK Mandal: Ethics in Business and Corporate Governance, TMH, 2/e,

2012. Journal of Human Values: IIM Calcutta. SAGE.

2. Archie. B Carroll, Business Ethics-Brief Readings on Vital Topics,

Routledge, 2013.

3. A.C.Fernando: Corporate Governance, Principles, Policies and Practices,

Pearson, 2012.

4. C.S.V.Murthy: Business Ethics, Himalaya Publishing House, 2012.

5. N.Balasubramanian : Corporate Governance and Stewardship,

TMH,2012.

6. Nina Godbole & Sunit Belapure “ Cyber Security” wiley india 2012.

7. Joseph W.Weiss : Business Ethics, Thomson, 2006.

8. Geethika,RK Mishra, Corporate Governance Theory and

Practice,Excel,2011.

9. Dr.S.S.Khanka, Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, S.Chand,

2013.

10. K.Praveen Parboteeach, Business Ethics, Routledge, 2013.

11. Praveen B Malla, Corporate Governance, Routledge 2010.

12. H.C.Mruthyunjaya, Business Ethics and Value Systems, PHI, 2013

13. V Balachandram, V Chandrasekaran, Corporate Governance, Ethics and

Social Responsibility, PHI, 2011

14. Khanka, Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, S.Chand, 2013

COURSE OUTCOMES:


1. Identify the concept and principles of Business ethics

2. Analyze the importance of Professional Ethics and relate Ethical

Dilemma to Business Practices

3. Outline the factors of Cybercrime and Cyber Terrorism.

4. Predict stakeholder’s roles in corporate Governance.

5. Review committee Reports on development of Corporate Governance.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30166) ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-IV: Offered by CE Department)

UNIT – I

Environmental Management Standards: Unique Characteristics of

Environmental Problems – Systems approach to Corporate environmental

management - Classification of Environmental Impact Reduction Efforts -

Business Charter for Sustainable Production and Consumption – Tools, Business

strategy drivers and Barriers - Evolution of Environmental Stewardship.

Environmental Management Principles - National policies on environment,

abatement of pollution and conservation of resources - Charter on Corporate

responsibility for Environmental protection.

UNIT – II

Environmental Management Objectives: Environmental quality objectives –

Rationale of Environmental standards: Concentration and Mass standards, Effluent

and stream standards, Emission and ambient standards, Minimum national

standards, environmental performance evaluation: Indicators, benchmarking.

Pollution control Vs Pollution Prevention - Opportunities and Barriers – Cleaner

production and Clean technology, closing the loops, zero discharge technologies.

UNIT – III

Environmental Management System: EMAS, ISO 14000 - EMS as per ISO

14001– benefits and barriers of EMS – Concept of continual improvement and

pollution prevention - environmental policy – initial environmental review –

environmental aspect and impact analysis – legal and other requirements-

objectives and targets – environmental management programs – structure and

responsibility – training awareness and competence- communication –

documentation and document control – operational control – monitoring and

measurement – management review.

UNIT – IV

Environmental Audit: Environmental management system audits as per ISO

19011- – Roles and qualifications of auditors - Environmental performance

indicators and their evaluation – Non conformance – Corrective and preventive

actions -compliance audits – waste audits and waste minimization planning –


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Environmental statement (form V) - Due diligence audit.

UNIT – V

Applications: Applications of EMS, Waste Audits and Pollution Prevention

Control: Textile, Sugar, Pulp & Paper, Electroplating, , Tanning industry.

Hazardous Wastes - Classification, characteristics Treatment and Disposal

Methods, Transboundary movement, disposal.

Reference Books:

1. Christopher Sheldon and Mark Yoxon, “Installing Environmental management

Systems – a step by step guide” Earthscan Publications Ltd, London, 1999.

2. ISO 14001/14004: Environmental management systems – Requirements and

Guidelines – International Organisation for Standardisation, 2004

3. ISO 19011: 2002, “Guidelines for quality and/or Environmental Management

System auditing, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 2002

4. Paul L Bishop „Pollution Prevention: Fundamentals and Practice, McGraw- Hill

International, Boston, 2000.

5. Environmental Management Systems: An Implementation Guide for Small and

Medium-Sized Organizations, Second Edition, NSF International, Ann Arbor,

Michigan, January 2001.

Course outcomes: After studying this course, students will be able to:

1. Appreciate the elements of Corporate Environmental Management systems

complying to international

environmental management system standards.

2. Lead pollution prevention assessment team and implement waste minimization

options.

3. Develop, Implement, maintain and Audit Environmental Management systems

for Organizations.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30167) ALTERNATE BUILDING MATERIALS

(Open Elective-IV: Offered by CE Department)

UNIT – I

Introduction: Energy in building materials, Environmental issues concerned to

building materials, Embodied energy and life-cycle energy, Global warming and

construction industry, Green concepts in buildings, Green building ratings – IGBC

and LEED manuals – mandatory requirements, Rainwater harvesting & solar

passive architecture. Environmental friendly and cost effective building

technologies, Requirements for buildings of different climatic regions.

UNIT – II

Elements of Structural Masonry : Elements of Structural Masonry, Masonry

materials, requirements of masonry units’ characteristics of bricks, stones, clay

blocks, concrete blocks, stone boulders, laterite Blocks, Fal- G blocks and

Stabilized mud block. Manufacture of stabilized blocks.

Structural Masonry Mortars: Mortars, cementations materials, sand, natural &

manufactured, types of mortars, classification of mortars as per BIS,

characteristics and requirements of mortar, selection of mortar. Uses of masonry,

masonry bonding, Compressive strength of masonry elements, Factors affecting

compressive strength, Strength of Prisms/wallets and walls, Effect of brick bond

on strength, Bond strength of masonry: Flexure and shear, Elastic properties of

masonry materials and masonry, Design of masonry compression elements

subjected to axial load.

UNIT – III

Alternate Building Materials: Lime, Pozzolana cements, Raw materials,

Manufacturing process, Properties and uses. Fibers- metal and synthetic,

Properties and applications. Fiber reinforced plastics, Matrix materials, Fibers

organic and synthetic, Properties and applications. Building materials from agro

and industrial wastes ,Types of agro wastes, Types of industrial and mine wastes,

Properties and applications. Masonry blocks using industrial wastes. Construction

and demolition wastes.

UNIT – IV


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Alternate Building Technologies: Use of arches in foundation, alternatives for

wall constructions, composite masonry, confined masonry, cavity walls, rammed

earth, Ferro cement and ferroconcrete building components, Materials and

specifications, Properties, Construction methods, Applications. Top down

construction, Mivan Construction Technique. Alternate Roofing Systems:

Concepts, Filler slabs, Composite beam panel roofs, Masonry vaults and domes.

UNIT – V

Equipment for Production of Alternate Materials: Machines for manufacture

of concrete, Equipments for production of stabilized blocks, Moulds and methods

of production of precast elements, Cost concepts in buildings, Cost saving

techniques in planning, design and construction, Cost analysis: Case studies using

alternatives.

Course Outcomes: After studying this course, students will be able to:

1. Solve the problems of Environmental issues concerned to building materials and

cost effective building technologies;

2. Select appropriate type of masonry unit and mortar for civil engineering

constructions; also they are able to Design Structural Masonry Elements under

Axial Compression.

3. Analyse different alternative building materials which will be suitable for

specific climate and in an environmentally sustainable manner. Also capable of

suggesting suitable agro and industrial wastes as a building material.

4. Recommend various types of alternative building materials and technologies

and design a energy efficient building by considering local climatic condition and

building material.

Textbooks:

1. KS Jagadish, B V Venkatarama Reddy and K S Nanjunda Rao, “Alternative

Building Materials andTechnologies”, New Age International pub.

2. Arnold W Hendry, “Structural Masonry”, Macmillan Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. RJS Spence and DJ Cook, “Building Materials in Developing Countries”, Wiley

pub.

2. LEED India, Green Building Rating System, IGBC pub.

3. IGBC Green Homes Rating System, CII pub.

4. Relevant IS Codes.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30256) ENERGY AUDIT & CONSERVATION

(Open Elective-IV: offered by EEE Department)

UNIT I: Basic Principles of Energy Audit

Energy audit- definitions, concept , types of audit, energy index, cost index,pie

charts, Sankey diagrams, load profiles, Energy conservation schemes- Energy

audit of industries- energy saving potential, energy audit of process industry,

thermal power station, building energy audit.

UNIT II: Energy Management

Principles of energy management, organizing energy management program,

initiating, planning, controlling, promoting, monitoring, reporting- Energy manger,

Qualities and functions, language, Questionnaire – check list for top management.

UNIT III: Energy Efficient Motors

Energy efficient motors, factors affecting efficiency, loss distribution,

constructional details, characteristics – variable speed, variable duty cycle

systems, RMS hp- voltage variation-voltage unbalance- over motoring- motor

energy audit

UNIT IV: Power Factor Improvement, Lighting and Energy Instruments

Power factor – methods of improvement, location of capacitors, pf with non-linear

loads, effect of harmonics on power factor, power factor motor controllers – Good

lighting system design and practice, lighting control, lighting energy audit –

Energy Instruments- wattmeter, data loggers, thermocouples, pyrometers, lux

meters, tongue testers ,application of PLC’s.

UNIT V: Economic Aspects and Analysis

Economics Analysis-Depreciation Methods, time value of money, rate of return ,


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

present worth method , replacement analysis, life cycle costing analysis- Energy

efficient motors- calculation of simple payback method, net present worth method-

Power factor correction, lighting – Applications of life cycle costing analysis,

return on investment .

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Energy management by W.R. Murphy AND G. Mckay Butter worth,

Heinemann publications.

2. Energy management by Paul o’ Callaghan, Mc-graw Hill Book

company-1st edition, 1998

REFERENCES:

1. Energy efficient electric motors by John .C. Andreas, Marcel Dekker Inc

Ltd-2nd edition, 1995-

2. Energy management hand book by W.C.Turner, John wiley and sons

3. Energy management and good lighting practice : fuel efficiency- booklet

12-EEO

Course Outcomes


1. Explain the various methods of energy audit.

2. Illustrate the energy management strategies.

3. Relate the energy conservation with the improvement in energy

efficiency and power factor.

4. Analyze the economic aspects to be considered in energy usage


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30257) NANO TECHNOLOGY

(Open Elective-IV: Offered by EEE Department)

UNIT I: NTRODUCTION

History and Scope, Can Small Things Make a Big Difference? Classification of

Nanostructured Materials, Fascinating Nanostructures, Applications of

Nanomaterials, Nature: The Best of Nanotechnologist, Challenges, and Future

Prospects.

UNIT II: UNIQUE PROPERTIES OF NANOMATERIALS

Microstructure and Defects in Nanocrystalline Materials: Dislocations, Twins,

stacking faults and voids, Grain Boundaries, triple and declinations, Effect of

Nano-dimensions on Materials Behavior: Elastic properties, Melting Point,

Diffusivity, Grain growth characteristics, enhanced solid solubility. Magnetic

Properties: Soft magnetic nano crystalline alloy, Permanent magnetic nano-

crystalline materials, Giant Magnetic Resonance, Electrical Properties, Optical

Properties, Thermal Properties, and Mechanical Properties.

UNIT III: SYNTHESIS ROUTES

Bottom up approaches: Physical Vapor Deposition, Inert Gas Condensation, Laser

Ablation, Chemical Vapor Deposition, Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Solgel method,

Self-assembly, Top down approaches: Mechanical alloying, Nano-lithography,

Consolidation of Nanopowders: Shock wave consolidation, Hot isostatic pressing

and Cold isostatic pressing, Spark plasma sintering.

UNIT IV: TOOLS TO CHARACTERIZE NANO MATERIALS

X-Ray Diffraction (XRD), Small Angle X-ray scattering (SAXS), Scanning

Electron Microscopy (SEM), Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM), Atomic

Force Microscopy (AFM), Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STM), Field Ion

Microscope (FEM), Three-dimensional Atom Probe (3DAP), Nanoindentation.

UNIT V: APPLICATIONS OF NANOMATERIALS


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Nano-electronics, Micro- and Nano-electromechanical systems (MEMS/NEMS),

Nanosensors, Nanocatalysts, Food and Agricultural Industry, Cosmetic and

Consumer Goods, Structure and Engineering, Automotive Industry,

WaterTreatment and the environment, Nano-medical applications, Textiles, Paints,

Energy, Défense and Space Applications, Concerns and challenges of

Nanotechnology.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Text Book of Nano Science and Nano Technology – B.S. Murthy, P.

Shankar, Baldev Raj, B.B. Rath and James Munday, University Press-

IIM.

2. Introduction to Nanotechnology – Charles P. Poole, Jr., and Frank J.

Owens, Wley India Edition, 2012.

REFERENCES BOOKS:

1. Nano: The Essentials by T. Pradeep, Mc Graw- Hill Education.

2. Nanomaterials, Nanotechnologies and Design by Michael F. Ashby,

Paulo J. Ferreira and Daniel L. Schodek.

3. Transport in Nano structures- David Ferry, Cambridge University press

2000

4. Nanofabrication towards biomedical application: Techniques, tools,

Application and impact – Ed. Challa S., S. R. Kumar, J. H. Carola.

5. Carbon Nanotubes: Properties and Applications- Michael J. O'Connell.

6. Electron Transport in Mesoscopic systems - S. Dutta, Cambridge

University press

Course Outcomes


1. Illustrate the characteristics and properties of nano-materials.

2. Identify the synthesis routes of nano-materials

3. Make use of the tools to characterize the nano-materials.

4. Utilize the nano-materials for various applications.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30358) Industrial Safety Engineering

(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)

UNIT-I:

Industrial safety: Accident, causes, types, results and control, mechanical and

electrical hazards, types, causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient

points of factories act 1948 for health and safety, wash rooms, drinking water

layouts, light, cleanliness, fire, guarding, pressure vessels, etc, Safety color codes.

Fire prevention and firefighting, equipment and methods.

UNIT-II:

Fundamentals of maintenance engineering: Definition and aim of maintenance

engineering, Primary and secondary functions and responsibility of maintenance

department, Types of maintenance, Types and applications of tools used for

maintenance, Maintenance cost & its relation with replacement economy, Service

life of equipment.

UNIT-III:

Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear

reduction methods, lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods,

general sketch, working and applications, i. Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure

grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity lubrication, v. Wick feed

lubrication vi. Side feed lubrication, vii. Ring lubrication, Definition principle and

factors affecting the corrosion. Types of corrosion, corrosion prevention methods.

UNIT-IV:

Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision tree concept, need

and applications, sequence of fault finding activities, show as decision tree, draw

decision tree for problems in machine tools, hydraulic, pneumatic ,automotive,

thermal and electrical equipment’s like, I. Any one machine tool, ii. Pump iii. Air

compressor, iv. Internal combustion engine, v. Boiler, vi. Electrical motors,

Types of faults in machine tools and their general causes.

UNIT-V:

Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need,

degreasing, cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical

components, overhauling of electrical motor, common troubles and remedies of

electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition, need, steps and

advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and

preventive maintenance of: I. Machine tools, ii. Pumps, iii. Air compressors, iv.

B. Tech. (ME) VIII -

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Diesel generating (DG) sets, Program and schedule of preventive maintenance of

mechanical and electrical equipment, advantages of preventive maintenance.

Repair cycle concept and importance

TEXT BOOKS

1. Mobley, R. Keith, Lindley R. Higgins, and Darrin J.

Wikoff. Maintenance Engineering Handbook. New York, NY: Mcgraw-

Hill, 2008.

2. Garg, H. P. Industrial Maintenance. S Chand, 1976.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Graham, F. D. "Audels Pumps, Hydraulics and Air Compressors. Theo."

(1998).

2. Winterkorn, Hans F., and Hsai-Yang Fang. Foundation engineering

handbook. Springer, Boston, MA, 1991.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student should be able to

1. Understand various hazards and their prevention.

2. Apply maintenance techniques to various equipments.

3. Understand types of wear and corrosions and their prevention.

4. Explain fault tracing and its applications.

5. Apply periodic and preventive maintenance techniques to various

equipments.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30360) WORK SYSTEM DESIGN

(OPEN ELECTIVE-IV)

Unit-I

Work System Design: Introduction and Concept of Productivity, Measurement

of Productivity, Productivity Measures, Productivity Measurement Models,

Factors Influencing Productivity, Causes of Low Productivity, Productivity

Measurement Models, Productivity Improvement Techniques, Numerical

Problems on productivity, Case study on productivity.

Unit-II

Work Study: Basic Concept, Steps Involved in Work Study, Concept of Work

Content, , Techniques of Work Study, Human Aspects of Work Study.

Method Study: Basic Concept, Steps Involved in Method Study, Recording

Techniques, Operation Process Charts, Operation Process Charts: Examples.

Flow Process Charts, Flow Process Charts: Examples, Two-Handed-Process

Charts, Multiple Activity Charts, Flow Diagrams.

Unit-III

String Diagrams, Principles of Motion Economy, Micro-Motion Study,

Therbligs, SIMO Charts, Memo-Motion Study, Cycle graph and Chrono-Cycle

Graph, Critical Examination Techniques, Development and Selection of New

Method, Installation and Maintenance of Improved Methods.

Unit-IV

Work Measurement: Basic Concept, Techniques of Work Measurement, Steps

Involved in Time Study, Steps and Equipment of Time Study,

Performance Rating: Examples, Allowances, Computation of Standard Time-I,

Computation of Standard Time-II, Case Study

Unit-V

Work Sampling: Basics, Procedure of Work Sampling Study, Numerical

Problems on work sampling, Introduction to Synthetic Data and

PMTS, Introduction to MTM and MOST

Ergonomics: Basic Concept, Industrial Ergonomics,Anthropometry, Man-

Machine System-1 , Man-Machine System-2

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Work Study: International Labor Office (ILO), Geneva.

2. Motion and Time Study Design and Measurement of Work: Ralph M. Barnes,

Wiley, The University of California.

B. Tech. (ME) VIII -

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

3. Industrial Engineering and Production Management: M. Telsang, S. Chand and

Company Ltd.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student should be able to

1. Calculate the basic work content of a specific job for employees of an

organization. Thereby they will be able to calculate the production

capacity of man power of an organization.

2. Analyze and calculate the level of risk in a job causing stress, fatigue

and musculoskeletal disorders and design appropriate work systems.

3. Rate a worker engaged on a live job and calculate basic, allowed and

standard time for the same.

4. Analyze the existing methods of working for a particular job and

develop an improved method through questioning technique.

5. devise appropriate wage and incentive plan for the employees of


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30477) FUNDAMENTALS OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

(Open Elective-IV: offered by ECE Department)

Unit- I: Introduction to Embedded Systems

Definition of Embedded System, Embedded Systems Vs General Computing

Systems, History of Embedded Systems, Classification, Major Application Areas,

Purpose of Embedded Systems

Unit- II: Typical Embedded System

Core of the Embedded System: General Purpose and Domain Specific Processors,

Memory, ROM, RAM, Memory selection for Embedded Systems, Sensors and

Actuators, Communication Interface: On-board and External Communication

Interfaces.

Unit –III: Embedded Firmware

Reset Circuit, Brown-out Protection Circuit, Oscillator Unit, Real Time Clock,

Watchdog Timer, Embedded Firmware Design Approaches and Development

Languages.

Unit – IV: RTOS Based Embedded System Design

Operating System Basics, Types of Operating Systems, Tasks, Process and

Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Scheduling.

Unit – V: Task Communication

Shared Memory, Message Passing, Remote Procedure Call and Sockets, Task

Synchronization: Task Communication/ Synchronization issues, Task

Synchronization Techniques, Device Drivers

Text Books:

1. Introduction to Embedded Systems – Shibu K.V. McGraw Hill

2. Embedded Systems – Raj Kamal, TMH

Reference Books:

1. Embedded System Design – Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis, John Wiley.

2. Embedded Systems – Lyla, Pearson, 2013

3. An Embedded Software Primer- David E Simon, Pearson Education


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

Course outcomes:


1. Understand the basics of embedded systems and its types.

2. Study the various types of memories, sensors and Input / Output devices.

3. Discuss the embedded firmware for various applications.

4. Interpret the characteristics of Real time operating Systems.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30478) SENSORS & TRANSDUCERS

(Open Elective-IV: offered by ECE Department)

Unit – I: Introduction: Definition, principle of sensing & transduction, classification.

Mechanical and Electromechanical sensor: Resistive (potentiometric type): Forms,

material, resolution, accuracy, sensitivity. Strain gauge: Theory, type, materials,

design consideration, sensitivity, gauge factor, variation with temperature,

adhesive, rosettes. Inductive sensor: common types- Reluctance change type,

Mutual inductance change type, Magnetostrictive type, material, construction and

input output variable, Ferromagnetic plunger type, short analysis.

Unit – II: Capacitive sensors: variable distance-parallel plate type, variable area-

parallel plate, serrated plate/teeth type and cylindrical type, variable dielectric

constant type, calculation of sensitivity, Proximity sensor. Stretched diaphragm

type: microphone, response characteristics. Piezoelectric element: piezoelectric

effect, charge and voltage co-efficient, crystal model, materials, natural &

synthetic type, their comparison, force & stress sensing, ultrasonic sensors.

Unit – III: Thermal sensors: Resistance change type: RTD materials, tip sensitive &

stem sensitive type, Thermistor material, shape, ranges and accuracy specification.

Thermoemf sensor: types, thermoelectric power, general consideration, Junction

semiconductor type IC and PTAT type. Radiation sensors: types, characteristics

and comparison, Pyro electric type.

Unit – IV: Magnetic sensors: Sensor based on Villari effect for assessment of force,

torque, proximity, Wiedemann effect for yoke coil sensors, Thomson effect, Hall

effect, and Hall drive, performance characteristics. Radiation sensors: LDR,

Photovoltaic cells, photodiodes, photo emissive celltypes, materials, construction,

response. Geiger counters, Scintillation detectors.

Unit – V: Film Sensors: Thick film and thin film types, Electroanalytic sensors –

Electrochemical cell, Polarization types, and membrane electrode types.

Biosensors, Smart/Intelligent sensors, Nano-sensors, Nano-tube sensors, molecular and

quantum sensors.

B. Tech. (CE ) VIII -

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Sensor & transducers, D. Patranabis, 2nd edition, PHI

2. Instrument transducers, H.K.P. Neubert, Oxford University press.

3. Measurement systems: application & design, E.A.Doebelin, McGraw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Sensor and Transducers, Third Edition, Ian Sinclair, Newnes.

2. Sensor Technology, Hand Book, JON S. Wilson, Newnes.ELSEVIER.

3. Sensor and Transducers, Characteristics, Applications, Instrumentation,

Interfacing, Second Edition, M.J.Usher and D.A.Keating, MACMILLAN Press

Ltd.

COURSE OUTCOMES:


1. Understand the basic concepts of mechanical and electromechanical sensors,

their electrical characteristics.

2. Understand/Analyze various capacitor sensors, ultrasonic sensors their

electrical characteristics.

3. Analyze various thermal sensors, principle of operation.

4. Distinguish various magnetic sensors based on their operations, radiation

sensors and their operation.

5. Analyze various film sensors and operation of different nano sensors and their

applications.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30538) DEEP LEARNING

(Open Elective-IV: Offered by CSE Department)

UNIT -I

Introduction to Deep Learning, Historical Trends in Deep learning, Deep Feed -

forward networks, Gradient-Based learning, Hidden Units, Architecture Design,

Back-Propagation and Other Differentiation Algorithms.

UNIT –II

Regularization for Deep Learning Parameter Norm Penalties, Norm Penalties as

Constrained Optimization, Regularization and Under Constrained Problems,

Dataset Augmentation, Noise Robustness, Semi-Supervised learning, Multi-task

learning, Early Stopping, Parameter Typing and Parameter Sharing, Sparse

Representations, Bagging and other Ensemble Methods, Dropout, Adversarial

Training, Tangent Distance, tangent Prop and Manifold, Tangent Classifier.

UNIT –III

Optimization for Training Deep Models:

How Learning Differs from Pure Optimization, Challenges in Neural Network

Optimization, Basic Algorithms, Parameter Initialization Strategies, Algorithms

with Adaptive Learning Rates, Approximate Second-Order Methods, Optimization

Strategies and Meta-Algorithms.

UNIT –IV

Convolutional Networks

The Convolution Operation, Pooling, Convolution and Pooling as an Infinitely

Strong Prior, Variants of the Basic Convolution Function, Structured Outputs,

Data Types, Efficient Convolution Algorithms, Random or Unsupervised Features,

The Neuroscientific Basis for Convolutional Networks, Convolutional Networks

and the History of Deep Learning.

UNIT –V

Applications: Large-Scale Deep Learning, Computer Vision, Speech recognition,

Natural Language Processing, Other Applications.

Text Books:


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

1. Deep Learning, Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, In

Preparation for MIT Press.

2. Artificial Neural Networks. Yegnanarayana, Prentice- Hall of India, 1999

Reference Books:

1. Neural Networks and Learning Machines. Haykin, Prentice Hall of India, 2010

2. Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, C.M. Bishop, Springer, 2006

Course Outcomes

The students shall be able to

1.Explain Deep Feed-forward networks, Gradient-Based learning,

2.Describe regularization techniques for Deep learning

3.Differentiate learning and optimization in Deep learning.

4.State the significance of Convolutional Networks

5.State the applications of Deep Learning.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30556) CYBER SECURITY

(Open Elective-IV: Offered by CSE Department)

UNIT-I

Introduction to Cybercrime: Introduction, Cybercrime and Information security,

who are cybercriminals, Classifications of Cybercrimes, Cybercrime: The legal

Perspectives and Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, A

Global Perspective on Cybercrimes.

Cyber offenses: How criminals Plan Them Introduction, How Criminals plan the

Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes,

Botnets: The Fuel for Cybercrime, Attack Vector, Cloud Computing.

UNIT–II

Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile

and Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit card Frauds in Mobile and

Wireless Computing Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices, Registry

Settings for Mobile Devices, Authentication service Security, Attacks on

Mobile/Cell Phones, Mobile Devices: Security Implications for Organizations,

Organizational Measures for Handling Mobile, Organizational Security Policies an

Measures in Mobile Computing Era, Laptops.

UNIT–III

Cybercrimes and Cyber security: the Legal Perspectives Introduction Cyber Crime

and Legal Landscape around the world, Why Do We Need Cyber laws: The Indian

Context, The Indian IT Act, Challenges to Indian Law and Cybercrime Scenario In

India, Digital signatures and the Indian IT Act, Amendments to the Indian IT Act,

Cybercrime and Punishment ,Cyber law, Technology and Students: Indian

Scenario

UNIT-IV

Understanding Computer Forensics: Introduction, Historical background of Cyber

forensics, Digital Forensics Science, The Need for Computer Forensics, Cyber

Forensics and Digital evidence, Forensics Analysis of Email, Digital Forensics

Lifecycle, Chain of Custody concept, Network Forensics, Approaching a

computer, Forensics Investigation, Challenges in Computer Forensics, Special

Tools and Techniques, Forensics Auditing


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

UNIT–V

Cyber Security: Organizational Implications Introduction, Cost of Cybercrimes

and IPR issues, Web threats for Organizations, Security and Privacy Implications,

Social media marketing: Security Risks and Perils for Organizations, Social

Computing and the associated challenges for Organizations

Text Books:

1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal

Perspectives, Nina Godbole and Sunil Belapure, Wiley INDIA.

2. Introduction to Cyber Security, Chwan-Hwa(john) Wu,J.David Irwin.CRC

Press T&F Group

Reference Books:

1. Cyber Security Essentials, James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Otson,

CRC Press.

Course Outcomes


1. Explain cyber-crimes and how they are planned

2. Describe vulnerabilities of mobile and wireless devices

3. Illustrate the crimes in mobile and wireless devices

4. Be able to use cyber security, information assurance, and cyber/computer

forensics software/tools.

5. Identify various crimes.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(C30167) MARKETING MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective-IV offered by MBA)

Unit I

Understanding Marketing Management: Concepts of Marketing, Marketing

Strategies & Plans, Creating long term Loyalty relationships, Marketing mix,

Product Life Cycle.

Unit II

Connecting with Customers & Building Strong Brands: Analyzing

Competitors, Conducting Marketing Research, Consumer Behaviour, Identifying

market segments and targets, crafting Brand Positioning.

Unit III

New Product and Promotions: Introducing New Market Offering, Developing

Pricing Strategies & Programmes, Designing & Managing Integrated Marketing

Communications, Advertising & Sales Promotions, Managing Digital

Communication – Online, Social Media & Mobile, Personal Selling.

Unit IV

Delivering Value: Managing Retailing, Wholesaling and logistics, Designing and

Managing Integrated Marketing Channels.

Unit V

Sales Management: Nature and Importance of Sales Management, Skills of Sales

Manager, Sales objectives, Concepts of Sales organization, Type of Sales

organization.

Text books:

Marketing Management, Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane Keller, Pearson

B. Tech. (CE ) VIII -

Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18

References:

Marketing, A south Asian prospective, Lamb, Hair, Sharma,

Mcdaniel, Cenage

Marketing Asian Edition Paul Baines Chris Fill Kelly Page, Oxford

Marketing Management 22e, Arun Kumar, Menakshi, Vikas

Publishing

COURSE OUTCOMES:


1. Analyze the scope, concepts of Marketing and forecasting techniques in

present Global Market Environment.

2. Develop conceptual knowledge on consumer behavior, Marketing Mix and

Product Mix

3. Outline Segmentation, targeting and Positioning Goods and Services in

Market.

4. Illustrate marketing channels of distribution and Promotional mix

5. Identify Pricing Decisions and importance of digital Marketing.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(C30168) INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

(Open Elective-IV: offered by MBA Department)

UNIT-I: INTRODUCTION TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: Introduction,

types of intellectual property, international Organizations, agencies and treaties,

importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT-II: TRADE MARKS: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of

trade mark rights, protectable matter, Selecting and evaluating trade mark, trade

mark registration processes.

UNIT-III: LAW OF COPY RIGHTS: Fundamental of copy right law,

originality of material, rights of reproduction, rights to perform the work publicly,

copy right owner ship issues, copy right registration, notice of copy right ,

international copy right law.

Law of Patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, owner rights

and transfer.

UNIT-IV: TRADE SECRETS: Trade secret law, determination of trade secrete

status' liability for misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for submission,

trade secrete litigation.

UNFAIR COMPETITION: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising

UNIT-V: NEW DEVELOPMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: new

developments in trade mark law; copy right law, patent law, intellectual property

audits. International overview on intellectual property, international-trade mark

law, copy right law, international patent law, and international development in

trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES 1. Intellectual property right, Deborah, E. Bouchoux, cengage learning.

2. Intellectual property right - Unleashing the knowledge economy,

Prabuddha Ganguli, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.

COURSE OUTCOMES:


Semester

L T P C

3 0 0 3


B. Tech (CE) R-18


1. Skill to understand the concept of intellectual property rights.

2. Develops procedural knowledge to Legal System and solving the problem

relating Patents.

3. Gain knowledge on development and owning of Trade Marks, Copy

Rights, and Patents.

4. Develops conceptual exposure on legal aspects related to IPR

5. Knowledge on different types of competition and ethical and unethical

practices of advertising.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30134) TECHNICAL SEMINAR-II


2 0 0 2

For the Technical Seminar-II, the student shall collect the information on

a specialized topic related to his branch other than the Mini projects-I &

II/ Internships-I & II/ Major Projects Phase-I & II topic with due approval

of the Head of the department and prepare a technical report and submit

to the department.

The presentation demonstrating understanding of the topic and technical

report shall be evaluated by a Departmental committee consisting of the

Head of the department, Technical Seminar-II supervisor and a senior

faculty member from the department.

The Technical Seminar-II will be evaluated for 100 marks. There shall be

no SEE or external examination for the Technical Seminar-II.


B. Tech (CE) R-18

(A30135) MAJOR PROJECT PHASE -II


0 0 14 7

Each student shall start the Project Work during the VII Semester as per the

instructions of the Project Guide/ Project Supervisor assigned by the Head

of the Department.

a) The Project Work shall be divided and carried out in 2 phases : Phase

– I (Project-I) during VII Semester, and Phase – II (Project-II) during VIII

Semester, and the student has to prepare two independent Project Work

Reports – one each during each phase. First Report shall include the Project

Work carried out under Phase – I, and the Second Report (Final Report)

shall include the Project Work carried out under Phase – I and Phase – II

put together. Phase – I and Phase – II of the Project Work shall be

evaluated for 100 marks each.

b) Out of the total 100 marks allotted for each Phase of the Project Work, 40

marks shall be for the Continuous Internal Evaluation(CIE), and 60 marks shall

be for the End Semester Viva-voce Examination (SEE). The marks earned

under CIE for both Phases of the Project shall be awarded by the Project

Guide/Supervisor (based on the continuous evaluation of student’s

performance during the two Project Work Phases/periods); and the marks

earned under SEE shall be awarded by the Project Viva-voce Committee/

Board (based on the work carried out, report prepared and the presentation

made by the student at the time of Viva-voce Examination).

c) For the Project Phase - I, the Viva-voce shall be conducted at the end of

the VII Semester, before the commencement of the semester End

Examinations, at the Department Level by a Committee comprising of the

HoD or One Professor and Supervisor (no external examiner), and the

Project Phase – II Viva-voce (or Final Project Viva-voce) shall be

conducted by a Committee comprising of an External Examiner, the Head of

the Department and the Project Supervisor at the end of the VIII

Semester, before the commencement of the semester End Examinations.

The External Examiner shall be nominated by the CoE from the panel of

3 names of external faculty members (Professors or Associate Professors

outside the College) submitted by the HoD.

d) If a student does not appear for any of the two Viva-Voce


B. Tech (CE) R-18

examinations at the scheduled times as specified above, he may be

permitted to reappear for Project Phase-I and/or Project Phase-II Viva-voce

examinations, as and when they are scheduled in that semester; if he fails

in such ‘one reappearance’ evaluation also, he has to reappear for the

same in the next subsequent semester(s), as and when they are scheduled, as

supplementary candidate. For the registration of Project Phase-II the student

must have passed Project Phase-I.

CMR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (Autonomous) … · 2020. 9. 12. · CMR COLLEGE OF...

Documents

Transcript of CMR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY (Autonomous) … · 2020. 9. 12. · CMR COLLEGE OF...